Top Banner
OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time as part of our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out. This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle. Please note that some models are equipped with Right-Hand Drive (RHD). The explanations and illustrations for some operations in RHD models are opposite of those written in this manual. A030A01TB
239

OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

Jan 31, 2018

Download

Documents

dinhbao
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

OWNER'S MANUAL

A030A01TB-GAT

OperationMaintenanceSpecifications

All information in the Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. Hyundai reserves the right to makechanges at any time as part of our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional aswell as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to yourspecific vehicle.

Please note that some models are equipped with Right-Hand Drive (RHD). The explanations and illustrations forsome operations in RHD models are opposite of those written in this manual.

A030A01TB

TBENG_0.P65 6/29/2005, 12:20 PM3

Page 2: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

A050A04A-AAT

HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY

Note: Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell thisHyundai, please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

CAUTION:Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels andlubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuelsand lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-4 in the Vehicle Specificationssection of the Owner's Manual.

Copyright 2005 Hyundai Motor Company. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may bereproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without theprior written permission of Hyundai Motor Company.

A040A01A-AAT

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number ofdiscriminating people who drive Hyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construc-tion of each Hyundai we build is something of which we're very proud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It issuggested that you read it carefully since the information it contains can contribute greatly to thesatisfaction you receive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performedby an authorized Hyundai dealer. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service,maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.

!

TBENG_0.P65 6/29/2005, 12:20 PM4

Page 3: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE

The maintenance requirements for your new Hyundai are found in Section 5. As theowner, it is your responsibility to see that all maintenance operations specified by themanufacturer are carried out at the appropriate intervals. When the vehicle is usedin severe driving conditions, more frequent maintenance is required for someoperations. Maintenance requirements for severe operating conditions are alsoincluded in Section 5.

A020A01A-AAT

TBENG_0.P65 6/29/2005, 12:20 PM5

Page 4: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

A070A01A-GAT ! CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

Modification of components may void the manufacturer's warrantyYour Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Modifications may adversely affectthe safety, durability and performance of your Hyundai. Components which aresubjected to modification or are added to the vehicle resulting in consequentialdamage are not covered by the vehicle manufacturer's warranty.

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic compo-nents. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellulartelephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommendthat you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your Hyundaidealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install oneof these devices.

A080A01S-AAT

TBENG_0.P65 6/29/2005, 12:20 PM6

Page 5: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

!

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTE.These titles indicate the following:

WARNING:This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death toyou or other persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice providedwith the warning.

CAUTION:This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or itsequipment if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with thecaution.

NOTE:This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

A090A01A-AAT

!

TBENG_0.P65 6/29/2005, 12:20 PM7

Page 6: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

A100A01L-GAT

GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINEPARTS

1.What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are the sameparts used by Hyundai Motor Com-pany to manufacture vehicles. Theyare designed and tested for theoptimum safety, performance, andreliability to our customers.

2. Why should you use genuine parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi-neered and built to meet rigid origi-nal manufacturing requirements.

A100A01L

Using imitation, counterfeit or usedsalvage parts are not covered underthe Hyundai New Vehicle LimitedWarranty or any other Hyundai war-ranty. In addition, any damage to orfailure of Genuine Hyundai Partscaused by the installation or failureof an imitation, counterfeit or usedsalvage part is not covered byHyundai Motor Company.

3. How can you tell if you purchasingHyundai Genuine Parts?

Look for the Hyundai Genuine PartsLogo on the package (see below).

The export specifications are writ-ten in English only.

A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L

Hyundai Genuine Parts are onlysold through authorized HyundaiDealership and Service Center.

TBENG_0.P65 6/29/2005, 12:20 PM8

Page 7: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

1. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI ....................................................................... 1-1

2. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI .................................................................................. 2-1

3. WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY ................................................................... 3-1

4. CORROSION PREVENTION & APPEARANCE CARE ...................................... 4-1

5. VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS..................................................... 5-1

6. DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE ................................................................... 6-1

7. EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS ....................................................................... 7-1

8. CONSUMER INFORMATION .............................................................................. 8-1

9. VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................... 9-1

10. INDEX ................................................................................................................ 10-1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

TBENG_0.P65 6/29/2005, 12:20 PM9

Page 8: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

YOUR VEHICLE AT A GLANCE

B250A01TB-GAT

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS (LEFT-HAND DRIVE)

B250A01TB

TBENG_0.P65 6/29/2005, 12:20 PM10

Page 9: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

YOUR VEHICLE AT A GLANCE

1. Headlight Leveling Switch (If installed) 2. Front Fog Light Switch (If installed) 3. Multi-Function Light Switch 4. Instrument Cluster 5. Horn and Driver's Airbag (If installed) 6. Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch 7. Digital Clock 8. Hazard Warning Light 9. Audio System (If installed)10.Passenger's Airbag (If installed)11.Glove Box

CAUTION:When installing a container of liquid air freshener inside a vehicle, do not place it near the instrument cluster noron the instrument panel pad surface. If there is any leakage from the air freshener onto these areas (instrumentcluster, instrument panel pad or air ventilator), it may damage these parts.If the liquid from the air freshener doesleak onto these areas, wash them with water immediately.

12.Hood Release Lever13.Fuse Box14.Audio Remote Control Switch (If installed)15.Heating/Air Conditioning Control Panel

(If installed)16.Cigarette Lighter17.Ashtray18.Front Drink Holder19.Shift Lever (If installed)20.Parking Brake Lever21.Rear Drink Holder

!

TBENG_0.P65 6/29/2005, 12:20 PM11

Page 10: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

YOUR VEHICLE AT A GLANCE

B250B01TB-GAT

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS (RIGHT-HAND DRIVE)

B250B01TB

TBENG_0.P65 6/29/2005, 12:20 PM12

Page 11: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

YOUR VEHICLE AT A GLANCE

1. Glove Box 2. Passenger's Airbag (If installed) 3. Audio System (If installed) 4. Hazard Warning Light 5. Digital Clock 6. Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch 7. Horn and Driver's Airbag (If installed) 8. Instrument Cluster 9. Multi-Function Light Switch10. Headlight Leveling Switch (If installed)11. Rear Drink Holder

CAUTION:When installing a container of liquid air freshener inside a vehicle, do not place it near the instrument cluster noron the instrument panel pad surface. If there is any leakage from the air freshener onto these areas (instrumentcluster, instrument panel pad or air ventilator), it may damage these parts. If the liquid from the air freshener doesleak onto these areas, wash them with water immediately.

12. Parking Brake Lever13. Shift Lever (If installed)14. Front Drink Holder15. Ashtray16. Power Outlet (If installed)17. Heating/Air Conditioning Control Panel

(If installed)18. Audio Remote Control Switch (If installed)19. Fuse Box20. Hood Release Lever

!

TBENG_0.P65 6/29/2005, 12:20 PM13

Page 12: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

YOUR VEHICLE AT A GLANCE

B255A01TB-GAT

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT PANEL

* A detail explanations of these items will be found on page 1-50

SRS (Airbag) Service ReminderIndicator

ABS Service Reminder Indicator

Turn Signal Indicator Lights

High Beam Indicator Light

Low Oil Pressure Warning Light

Parking Brake/Brake Fluid LevelWarning Light

Charging System Warning Light

Tail Gate Open Warning Light

Door Ajar Warning Light and Chime

Low Fuel Level Warning Light

Malfunction Indicator Light

Seat Belt Warning LightO/D OFF Indicator(Automatic transaxle only)

Electric Power Steering System (EPS)Warning Light

Diesel Pre-heat Indicator Light (Diesel only)

Fuel Filter Warning Light (Diesel only)

Immobilizer Warning Light

Passenger's Front Airbag OFFIndicator Light (If Installed)

Electronic Stability Program IndicatorLights (If Installed)

Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator

TBENG_0.P65 6/29/2005, 12:20 PM14

Page 13: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFuel Recommendations ...................................................................1-2Breaking in Your New Hyundai ........................................................1-3key (Immobilizer system) .................................................................1-4Door locks (Theft-alarm system) .....................................................1-7Power windows ..............................................................................1-12Seat ................................................................................................1-13Seat Belt .........................................................................................1-21Child restraint system ....................................................................1-28Supplemental restraint (AIRBAG) system .....................................1-36Instrument cluster and indicator lights ............................................1-46Warning Light and Indicator ............................................................1-50Trip computer .................................................................................1-59Multi-Function Light Switch ............................................................1-61Windshield wiper/Washer Switch ...................................................1-63Sunroof ...........................................................................................1-69Mirror ..............................................................................................1-73Hood Release ................................................................................1-77How to use luggage Room .............................................................1-80Heating and cooling control ............................................................1-86Stereo sound system .....................................................................1-95Audio system .................................................................................1-97Antenna ........................................................................................1-120

1

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM1

Page 14: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 2 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B010B01A-AAT

What About Gasohol?

Gasohol (a mixture of 90% unleadedgasoline and 10% ethanol or grainalcohol) may be used in your Hyundai.However, if your engine developsdriveability problems, the use of 100%unleaded gasoline is recommended.Fuels with unspecified quantities ofalcohol, or alcohols other than ethanol,should not be used.

B010A01O-GAT

FUEL RECOMMENDATIONSUse Unleaded Gasoline

NOTE:o For some countries, Hyundai ve-

hicles are designed to use leadedgasoline. When you are going touse leaded gasoline, ask toHyundai dealer whether leadedgasoline in your vehicle is avail-able or not.

o Octane Rating of leaded gaso-line is same with unleaded one.

Use DieselDiesel fuel of 52 to 54 cetane is used inHyundai vehicle. If two types of dieselfuel are available, use summer or win-ter fuel properly according to the fol-lowing temperature conditions.

o Above -5°C (23°F) ... Summer typediesel fuel.

o Below -5°C (23°F) ... Winter typediesel fuel.

Watch the fuel level in the tank verycarefully : If the engine stops throughfuel failure, the circuits must be com-pletely purged to permit restarting.

Unleaded gasoline with a Pump OctaneRating of 87 (Research Octane Number91) or higher must be used in Hyundaivehicle. If leaded gasoline is used, itwill cause the catalytic converter tobecome ineffective and the emissioncontrol system to malfunction. Thiscan also result in increased mainte-nance expense. To avoid accidentaluse of leaded fuel, the large nozzleused with leaded gasoline at servicestations can not be inserted into fueltank opening of Hyundai vehicle.

B010A01TB

CAUTION:o Do not let any gasoline or water

enter the tank. This would makeit necessary to drain it out and tobleed the lines to avoid jammingthe injection pump and damag-ing the engine.

o In winter, in order to cut downincidents due to freezing, paraf-fin oil may be added to the fuel ifthe temperature drops to below -10°C. Never use more than 20%paraffin oil.

!

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM2

Page 15: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 3

B010E01A-AAT

Gasolines for Cleaner Air

To help contribute to cleaner air,Hyundai recommends that you usegasolines treated with detergent addi-tives, which help prevent deposit for-mation in the engine. These gasolineswill help the engine run cleaner and theEmission Control System performance.

B010D01S-AAT

Do not Use Methanol

Fuels containing methanol (wood al-cohol) should not be used in yourHyundai. This type of fuel can reducevehicle performance and damage com-ponents of the fuel system.

CAUTION:Your Hyundai's New Vehicle Lim-ited Warranty may not cover dam-age to the fuel system and perfor-mance problems that are caused bythe use of methanol or fuels con-taining methanol.

!

B010F01A-AAT

Operation in Foreign Countries

If you are going to drive your Hyundaiin another country, be sure to:

o Observe all regulations regardingregistration and insurance.

o Determine that acceptable fuel isavailable.

B020A01S-GAT

BREAKING IN YOUR NEWHYUNDAIDuring the First 2,000 Km (1,200Miles)(Gasoline Engine)

No formal "break-in" procedure is re-quired with your new Hyundai. How-ever, you can contribute to the eco-nomical operation and durability of yourHyundai by observing the followingrecommendations during the first 2,000km (1,200 miles).

o Don't drive faster than 88 km/h (55mph).

o While driving, keep your enginespeed (rpm, or revolutions perminute) between 2,000 rpm and4,000 rpm.

o Use moderate acceleration. Don'tstart, depress the accelerator pedalfully.

o For the first 300 km (200 miles), tryto avoid hard stops.

o Don't lug the engine (in other words,don't drive so slowly in toohigh agear that the engine "bucks": shift toa lower gear).

o Whether going fast or slow, varyyour speed from time to time.

o Don't let the engine idle longer than3 minutes at one time.

o Don't tow a trailer during the first2,000 km (1,200 miles) of opera-tion.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM3

Page 16: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 4 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B030B01A-AAT

Record Your Key Number

A code number is stamped on thenumber plate that came with the keysto your Hyundai. This key numberplate should not be left with the keysbut kept in a safe place, not in thevehicle. The key number should alsobe recorded in a place where it can befound in an emergency.

If you need additional keys, or if youshould lose your keys, your authorizedHyundai dealer can make new keys ifyou can supply the key number.

B020B01FC-GAT

BREAKING IN YOUR NEWHYUNDAIDuring the First 1,000 Km (600Miles)(Diesel Engine)

No formal "break-in" procedure is re-quired with your new Hyundai. How-ever, you can contribute to the eco-nomical operation and durability of yourHyundai by observing the followingrecommendations during the first 1,000km (600 miles).

o While driving, keep your enginespeed (rpm, or revolutions perminute) within 3,000 rpm.

o While driving, keep under three quar-ters of maximum speed.

o Use moderate acceleration. Don'tstart, depress the accelerator pedalfully.

o For the first 300 km (200 miles), tryto avoid hard stops.

o Don't lug the engine (in other words,don't drive so slowly in too-high agear that the engine "bucks": shift toa lower gear).

B030A01A-AAT

KEYS

For greater convenience, the same keyoperates all the locks in your Hyundai.However, because the doors can belocked without a key, carrying a sparekey is recommended in case you acci-dentally lock one key inside the car.

o Whether going fast or slow, vary yourspeed from time to time.

o Don't let the engine idle longer than3 minutes at one time.

o Don't tow a trailer during the first1,000 km (600 miles) of operation.

B030A01E

B030B01E

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM4

Page 17: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 5

B880A01A-GAT

IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM(If Installed)

The immobilizer system is an anti-theftdevice, designed to deter automobiletheft.

B880B04A-GAT

Keys

B880C02A-GAT

Key Numbers

AX10030A-1

The vehicle key number is recordedupon a metal tag attached to the keyswhen the vehicle is first delivered toyou.The key number should be recordedand kept in a safe place in case theneed to order further keys arises. Newkeys are available from any Hyundaidealer by quoting the relevant key num-ber.In the interest of security, the metal tagattached to the keys which bears thekey number should be removed fromthe key ring after you receive your newvehicle. In addition, key numbers can-not be provided by Hyundai for securityreasons.If you need additional keys or if youshould lose your keys, your authorizedHyundai dealer can make new keys.

! CAUTION:When starting the engine, do not usethe key with other immobilizer keysaround. Otherwise the engine maynot start or may stop soon after itstarts.Keep each key separately not to haveany malfunction after you receiveyour new vehicle.

AX10020A-1

All of the locks fitted to the vehicle areoperated by the same key. However,since it is possible to lock the doorswithout the use of the key, care shouldbe exercised to ensure that the keydoes not become locked inside thevehicle by mistake.

NOTE:If you make your own duplicate key,you will not be able to cancel thesystem or start the engine.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM5

Page 18: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 6 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

password, consult your authorizedHyundai dealer.

1. To set the password you may turnthe ignition key "ON" and then turnit "OFF" according to the digit num-bers, then the immobilizer indicatorwill blink along with the operation ofthe ignition key. For example, turnthe ignition key once for digit num-ber "1", and twice for "2", and so on.However, for the digit number "0",you must turn the ignition key for 10times.

2. Wait for 3~10 seconds.3. You may set the remaining number

of digits by following the same pro-cedures 1 and 2.

4. If all of four digits have been triedsuccessfully, turn the ignition key"ON" and check that the immobi-lizer indicator illuminates. From thistime, you have to start your enginewithin 30 seconds. If you start yourengine after 30 seconds, your en-gine will not start.

HNF2011

B880D02A-GAT

Limp home procedures

In case the immobilizer warning indica-tor blinks for five seconds when theignition key is turned to "ON" position,this indicates that the immobilizer sys-tem is out of order. And you cannotstart the engine without the limp homeprocedures with ignition key.The following procedure is how to startthe engine with the function of the limphome. (0, 1, 2, 3 as a sample pass-word).

NOTE:You can get the limp home pass-word when the vehicle is first deliv-ered to you. If you do not have the

NOTE:If the engine dies while driving afterlimp home procedure, you can startyour engine within 8 seconds with-out limp home procedure again.

5. If the immobilizer indicator blinks forfive seconds, you have to try thelimp home procedure again fromthe beginning.

After doing the limp home procedure,you have to consult with your autho-rized Hyundai dealer as soon as pos-sible.

! CAUTION:o If you fail to try the limp home

procedure with the sequence ofthree times, you have to wait forabout one hour to do the limphome procedure again.

o If you cannot start your engine inspite of limp home procedure,have your vehicle towed by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM6

Page 19: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 7

UNLOCK

B040A02Y-AAT

DOOR LOCKSB040B01A-AAT

Locking and Unlocking FrontDoors With a Key

HTB056

LOCK

! WARNING:o Unlocked doors can be danger-

ous. Before you drive away (es-pecially if there are children inthe car), be sure that all the doorsare securely closed and lockedso that the doors cannot be inad-vertently opened from the inside.This helps ensure that doors willnot be opened accidentally. Also,when combined with the properuse of seat belts, locking thedoors helps keep occupants frombeing ejected from the car in caseof an accident.

o Before opening the door, alwayslook for and avoid oncoming traf-fic.

o In case of accident, the door isunlocked automatically (If In-stalled).

o The door can be locked or unlockedwith a key.

o Lock the door by turning the keytoward the front of the vehicle andunlock it by turning the key towardthe rear.

B040C01FC-GAT

Locking From the Outside

The doors can be locked without a key.To lock the doors from the outside, firstpush the inside lock switch to the"LOCK" position, so that the red markon the switch is not visible, then closethe door.The door will not lock if the key is left inthe ignition switch when the front doorsclose. This is normal. (If installed)

NOTE:o When locking the door this way,

be careful not to lock the doorwith the ignition key left in thevehicle.

HTB062

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM7

Page 20: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 8 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

To engage the child-protector featureso that the door cannot be opened fromthe inside, move the child-protectorlever to the " " position and close thedoor. Move the lever to the " " posi-tion when normal door operation is de-sired.

If you wish to be able to open the doorfrom the outside, the outside doorhandle will function normally.

HTB212

B040G01FC-GAT

Central Door Lock (If Installed)

HTB057

UNLOCKLOCK

B040D01FC-GAT

Locking From the Inside

To lock the doors from the inside, sim-ply close the door and push the lockswitch to the "LOCK" position. Whenthis is done, neither the outside nor theinside door handle can be used.

B040E04A-AAT

CHILD-PROTECTORREAR DOOR LOCK

Your Hyundai is equipped with a "child-protector" rear door lock assembly.When the lock mechanism is engaged,the rear door cannot be opened fromthe inside. It's use is recommendedwhenever there are small children inthe rear seat.

o To protect against theft, alwaysremove the ignition key, close allwindows, and lock all doors andtail gate when leaving your ve-hicle unattended.

NOTE:When the door is locked, the redmark on the switch is not visible andthe character "LOCK" on the switchis visible.

HTB058

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM8

Page 21: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 9

B070B01TB

Park the car and stop the engine. Armthe system as described below.

1) Remove the ignition key from theignition switch.

2) Make sure that the engine hood andtail gate are locked.

3) Lock the doors using the transmitterof the keyless entry system.

After completion of the steps above,the turn signal lights will blink once toindicate that the system is armed.

NOTE:1) If any door, tail gate or engine

hood remains open, the systemwill not be armed.

2) If this happens, rearm the systemas described above.

The central door locking is operated bypushing the driver's door lock switchtoward the front or rear of the vehicle.If the passenger and rear doors areopen when the switch is pushed, thedoor will remain locked when closed.

NOTE:o When pushing the switch toward

the rear, all doors and tail gatewill unlock.When pushing the switch towardthe front, all doors and tail gatewill lock.

o When the door is unlocked, thered mark on the switch is visibleand the character "LOCK" on theswitch is visible.

o The central door locking is oper-ated by turning the key (with theft-alarm system: driver's door andpassenger's door, without theft-alarm system: driver's door only)toward the front or rear of thevehicle.

B070A01A-AAT

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM(If Installed)

This system is designed to provideprotection from unauthorized entry intothe car. This system is operated inthree stages: the first is the "Armed"stage, the second is the "Alarm" stage,and the third is the "Disarmed" stage.If triggered, the system provides anaudible alarm with blinking of the turnsignal lights.

B070B01O-GAT

Armed Stage

CAUTION:Do not arm the system until allpassengers have left the car. If thesystem is armed while apassenger(s) remains in the car,the alarm may be activated whenthe remaining passenger(s) leavesthe car.

!

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM9

Page 22: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 10 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

HTB202

B070D01TB-AAT

Disarmed StageB070C01FC-GAT

Alarm Stage

The alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs while the car is parkedand the system is armed.

1) A front or rear door is opened with-out using the transmitter.

2) The tail gate is opened without us-ing the transmitter.

3) The engine hood is opened.

The alarming horn will sound and theturn signal light will blink continuouslyfor 27 seconds (E.C only/ Except E.C3 times). To turn off the system, unlockthe door or tail gate with the transmit-ter.

The system will be disarmed when thedriver's or passenger's door is un-locked by depressing the button on thetransmitter.

After completion of the step above, theturn signal lights will blink twice toindicate that the system is disarmed.

NOTE:Once the system has been dis-armed, it can not be rearmed exceptby repeating the arming procedures.

CAUTION:Only the transmitter can disarm thearmed stage. If the transmitter doesnot disarm the system, it is neces-sary to take the following steps;

1. Unlock the door with the key,which will cause, the alarm to beactivated.

2. Insert the key in the ignition keycylinder and turn the ignition keyto "ON" position.

3. Wait for 30 seconds.

After completing the steps above,the system will be disarmed.

!

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM10

Page 23: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 11

HTB053

B070F01TB-GAT

Keyless Entry System(If Installed)Locking doors

1. Close all doors.2. Push the button on the transmitter.3. At the same time all doors lock, the

turn signal lights will blink once toindicate that the system is armed.

Unlocking doors

1. Push the button on the transmitter.2. At the same time all doors unlock,

the turn signal light will blink twice toindicate that the system is disarmed.

B070E01TB-GAT

Replacing the batteryWhen the transmitter's battery beginsto get weak, it may take several pusheson the button to lock or unlock thedoors, and the LED will not light. Re-place the battery as soon as possible.

Battery type : CR1220

Replacement instructions:

1. Remove the screw with a phillipsscrewdriver.

2. Carefully separate the case with aflat-head screwdriver as shown inthe illustration.

3. Remove four screws back side of thebuilt-in circuit.

HTB054

HTB055

Battery

4. Remove the old battery from thecase and note the polarity. Makesure the polarity of the new batteryis the same (+side facing up), theninsert it in the transmitter.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM11

Page 24: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 12 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

HTB257

B050A01A-AAT

WINDOW GLASS

To raise or lower the window, turn thewindow regulator handle clockwise orcounterclockwise.

HTB064

(1)

HTB066

In order to prevent operation of thepassenger front and rear windows, awindow lock switch is provided on thearmrest of the driver's door. To disablethe power windows, press the windowlock switch.To revert to normal operation, pressthe window lock switch a second time.

Auto-Down Window(Driver's Side)

The Auto-Down window is moved to itsfully open position by pushing theswitch. To stop at the desired positionpush the switch again.

B060A01E-AAT

POWER WINDOWS (If Installed)

The power windows operate when theignition key is in the "ON" position. Themain switches are located on thedriver's armrest and control the frontand rear windows on both sides of thevehicle. The windows may be openedby depressing the appropriate windowswitch and closed by pulling up theswitch. To open the window on thedriver's side, press the switch(1) down.The window moves as long as theswitch is operated.

WARNING:When opening or closing the win-dows, make sure your passenger'sarms, hands and body are safelyout of the way.

!

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM12

Page 25: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 13

HTB024

B080A01A-GAT

ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATS

B080B02A-GAT

FRONT SEATSAdjusting Seat Forward andRearward

To move the seat toward the front orrear, pull the lock release lever up-ward. This will release the seat on itstrack so you can move it forward orrearward to the desired position. Whenyou find the position you want, releasethe lever and slide the seat forward orrearward on its track until it locks intothe desired position and cannot bemoved further.

WARNING:1) Be careful that someone's head,

hands and body are not trappedby a closing window.

2) Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in opposing directions atthe same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot beopened or closed.

3) Do not leave children alone in thecar. Always remove the ignitionkey for their safety.

!

! WARNING:Never attempt to adjust the seatwhile the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control, or anaccident which may cause death,serious injury, or property damage.

WARNING:To ensure the seat is locked se-curely, attempt to move the seat for-ward or rearward without using thelock release lever.

!

To recline the seatback, lean forward totake your weight off it, then pull up onthe recliner control lever at the outsideedge of the seat. Now lean back untilthe desired seatback angle is achieved.To lock the seatback into position,release the recliner control lever.

HTB026

B080C01A-AAT

Adjusting Seatback Angle

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM13

Page 26: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 14 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

HFC2028

Lock knob

B080D02JM-AAT

Adjustable Headrests

Headrests are designed to help reducethe risk of neck injuries.To raise the headrest, pull it up. Tolower it, push it down while pressing thelock knob. To remove the headrest,raise it as far as it can go then press thelock knob while pulling upward. Thisshould only be done when the seat isnot occupied.

WARNING:To minimize risk of severe injury inthe event of a collision or a suddenstop, both the driver and passen-ger seatbacks should always be inan upright position while the ve-hicle is in motion. The protectionprovided by the seat belts andairbags may be reduced significant-ly when the seatbacks are reclined.There is greater risk that the driverand passenger will slide under theseat belt which may result in seri-ous injury if a crash occurs whenthe seatbacks are reclined. The seatbelt cannot provide full protectionto an occupant if the seat back isreclined.

! ! WARNING:

o For maximum effectiveness in caseof an accident, the headrest shouldbe adjusted so the middle of theheadrest is at the same height asthe top of the occupant's eyes. Forthis reason, the use of a cushionthat holds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

B080D01JM

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM14

Page 27: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 15

HTB027

B080E01O-AAT

Lumbar Support Control(Driver's Seat Only) (If Installed)

To adjust the lumbar support, turn thehandle on the outboard or left side ofthe seat. To increase the amount oflumbar support, pull the lever forward.To decrease it, push the lever towardthe rear.

o Do not operate the vehicle with theheadrests removed as severe in-jury to an occupant may occur inthe event of an accident. Head-rests may provide protectionagainst severe neck injuries whenproperly adjusted.

o Do not adjust the headrest hejghtwhile the vehicle is in motion.

B083D01NF-AAT

Active Headrests (If Installed)

The active headrest is designed tomove forward and upward during a rearimpact. This helps to prevent the driver'sand front passenger's head from mov-ing backward and thus helps preventneck injuries.

HNF2041-1

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM15

Page 28: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 16 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B130A01A-AAT

REAR SEAT ENTRY(For 3-door model)

The front passenger seatback shouldbe tilted to enter the rear seat.By pulling up on the recliner controllever (1) at the outside of the frontpassenger seat, the seatback will tiltforward and the seat will automaticallyslide forward.Rear seat occupants can tilt the frontpassenger seatback by depressing thefoot lever (2) as shown in the illustra-tion.

HTB258

(1)

(2)

HTB025

B080F01S-AAT

Seat Cushion Height Adjustment(Driver's Seat Only) (If Installed)

To raise or lower the front part of theseat cushion, turn the front knob for-ward or rearward. To raise or lower therear part of the seat cushion, turn therear knob forward or rearward.

B080G01A-GAT

Adjusting Armrest Angle(Driver's side only)

The armrest will be raised or loweredmanually.To raise the armrest, pull it up.To lower it, press the armrest down.

HTB2049

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM16

Page 29: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 17

To recline the seatback, push theseatback folding lever toward the head-rest, and release it after the desiredseatback angle is achieved.When you recline the seatback to de-sired position, always be sure it haslocked into position.

CAUTION:When reclining the seatback youshould adjust the seatback foldinglever while standing.

!WARNING:Passengers sitting in the rear seatshould be careful not to acciden-tally press the foot lever (2) whilethe vehicle is moving, as this maycause the seatback to move for-ward and injure a front seat occu-pant.

!

B080I01TB

Seatbackfolding lever

B080I01FC-GAT

REAR SEATAdjusting Seatback Angle

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM17

Page 30: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 18 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

HTB2006Seatback folding lever

B090B01TB-GAT

Folding Rear Seatback and SeatCushion

For greater convenience, the entireseatback and seat cushion may befolded down and up.

1. Push the headrest down to the low-est position.

2. To fold down the seatback , pushand hold the seatback folding levertoward the headrest, then push downthe seatback.

HTB294

B099A02F-AAT

BEFORE FOLDING THE REARSEATS

Outboard Rear Seat Belt

HTB300

!

Rear Seat Center's 3 Point Type SeatBelt (If installed)

In order to prevent the shoulder beltfrom being damaged while folding therear seat, the shoulder belt must bepassed through the hanger to keep itout of the way.

CAUTION:Seat belts must be removed from thehanger when in use.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM18

Page 31: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 19

WARNING:o When you return the folded down

seatback to its upright position,make sure the seat belts are inposition to be accessible and tofunction properly.

o When you return the folded downseatback to its upright position,be careful not to get your fingersor legs in.

o The purpose of the fold downrear seatback and the fold for-ward rear seat cushion is to in-crease cargo space. Do not allowpassengers to sit in the cargoarea while the car is moving. Thisis not a proper seating positionand no seat belts are availablefor use when the seatback isfolded down. Passengers whoare not properly seated and wear-ing seat belts could sustain seri-ous injuries or death in case ofan accident or a sudden stop.3. A Type: Pull the seat cushion re-

lease handle rearward, then lift upthe entire seat cushion.B Type: Pull the seat cushion re-lease handle rearward, then lift up adesired seat cushion.

A Type

B Type 4. To secure the seat, hook the secur-ing strap under the seat back to theheadrest stay of front driver andpassenger seat.

5. To return the seatback and seatcushion to its normal position, re-verse the above procedure.

o When you return the seatback to itsupright position, always be sure it islocked into position by pulling andpushing on the top of seatback.

HTB030Seat cushion release handle

HTB030ASeat cushion release handle

HTB031Securing strap

!Securing Strap

Securing Strap

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM19

Page 32: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 20 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

o Objects should not extend higherthan the top of the frontseatbacks. This could allow cargoto slide forward and cause injuryor damage during sudden stops.

o When you return the folded downseatback to its upright position,always be sure to install the head-rests in their proper positions.Headrests are important to thesafety of occupants in a rear col-lision. If the headrests are notinstalled in their proper position,serious injury or death could re-sult if a rear end collision occurs.

!

B100A01TB-GAT

SEAT WARMER (If installed)

The seat warmer is provided to warmthe front seats during cold weather.With the ignition key in the "ON" posi-tion, push either of the switches towarm the driver's seat or the passenger'sseat.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in the"OFF" position.

NOTE:o The seat warmer will not operate if

the ambient temperature is higherthan 37°C (98.6°F).

o If the seat warmer doesn't workwhen ambient temperature islower than 28°C (82.4°F), it shouldbe checked at an authorized dealer.

WARNING:It is recommended that the seatheater not be used when elderlypeople or people who are ill occupythe seat. Also, do not use the seatwarmer if the occupant is sleeping.

HTB194

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM20

Page 33: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 21

B150A02A-GAT

SEAT BELT PRECAUTIONS

All occupants of the vehicle shouldwear their seat belts at all times. In-deed, your province's laws may re-quire that some or all occupants of thevehicle use seat belts.The possibility of injury or the severityof injury in an accident will be de-creased if this elementary safety pre-caution is observed. In addition, thefollowing recommendations are made:

B150B01Y-GAT

Infant or Small Child

Some countries require the use ofchild restraint systems for infants andsmall children. Whether this is requiredby law or not, it is strongly recom-mended that a child restraint seat orinfant restraint system be used forinfants or small children weighing lessthan 18 kilograms (40 pounds).

NOTE:Small children are best protected inan accident when properly re-strained by a child restraint sys-tem.

B150C02A-AAT

Larger Children

Children who are too large for childrestraint systems should occupy therear seat and use the available lap/shoulder belts. The lap portion shouldbe fastened snug on the hips and aslow as possible. Check belt fit periodi-cally. A child's squirming could put thebelt out of position. Children are af-forded the most safety in the event ofan accident when they are restrainedby a proper restraint system in the rearseat. If a larger child (over age 13)must be seated in the front seat, thechild should be securely restrained bythe available lap/shoulder belt and theseat should be placed in the rearmostposition. Children under the age of 13should be restrained securely in therear seat. NEVER place a rear facingchild seat in the front seat of a vehicle.

B140A01TB

B140A01B-GAT

REAR SEAT WARNING

For the safety of all passengers, lug-gage or other cargo should not be piledhigher than the top of the seatback.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM21

Page 34: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 22 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B150G01A-AAT

Do Not Lie Down

To reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident, and to achievemaximum effectiveness of the restraintsystem, all passengers should be sit-ting up and the front seats should be inan upright position when the car ismoving. A seat belt cannot provideproper protection if the person is lyingdown in the rear seat or if the front seatis in a reclined position.

would be applied there, not at yourpelvic bones.This could cause serious internalinjuries.For proper protection when the ve-hicle is in motion, have the seatbackupright. Then sit back in the seatand wear your seat belt properly. Seepage 1-25.

B160A01A-AAT

CARE OF SEAT BELTS

Seat belt systems should never bedisassembled or modified. In addition,care should be taken to assure thatseat belts and belt hardware are notdamaged by seat hinges, doors orother abuse.

WARNING:Sitting in a reclined position or ly-ing down when your vehicle is inmotion can be dangerous. Even ifyou buckle up, your seat belts can'tdo their job when you're reclined.The shoulder belt can't do its jobbecause it won't be against yourbody. Instead, it will be in front ofyou. In a crash you could go into itwith great force, receiving seriousneck or other injuries.The lap belt can't do its job either. Ina crash the belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forces

!

WARNING:When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after the rearseatback was folded down, be care-ful not to damage the seat belt web-bing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.

!

B150D01S-AAT

Pregnant Women

The use of a seat belt is recommendedfor pregnant women to lessen thechance of injury in an accident. Whena seat belt is used, it should be placedas low and snugly as possible on thehips, not across the abdomen. Forspecific recommendations, consult aphysician.

B150E01A-AAT

Injured Person

A seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you shouldconsult a physician for recommenda-tions.

B150F01A-AAT

One Person Per Belt

Two people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM22

Page 35: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 23

B170A04A-AAT

HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE FRONTSEAT SHOULDER BELT(If Installed)

B170A01L

You can adjust the height of the shoul-der belt anchor to one of the 4 posi-tions.If the height of the adjusting seat belt istoo near your neck, you will not begetting the most effective protection.The shoulder portion should be ad-justed so that it lies across your chestand midway over your shoulder nearestthe door and not your neck.To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the height ad-juster into an appropriate position. Toraise the height adjuster, pull it up. To

lower it, push it down while pressing theheight adjuster button.Release the button to lock the anchorinto position. Try sliding the releasebutton to make sure that it has lockedinto the position.

WARNING:o The height adjuster must be in

the locked position when thevehicle is moving.

o The misadjustment of height ofthe shoulder belt could reducethe effectiveness of the seat beltin a crash.

!

B160B01A-AAT

Periodic Inspection

It is recommended that all seat beltsbe inspected periodically for wear ordamage of any kind. Parts of the sys-tem that are damaged should be re-placed as soon as possible.

B160C01A-AAT

Keep Belts Clean and Dry

Seat belts should be kept clean anddry. If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

B160D01A-AAT

When to Replace Seat Belts

Entire in-use seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an acci-dent. This should be done even if nodamage is visible. Additional ques-tions concerning seat belt operationshould be directed to your HyundaiDealer.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM23

Page 36: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 24 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

will also lock if you try to lean forwardtoo quickly. Check to make sure thatthe belt is properly locked and that thebelt is not twisted.

B260E01TB-GAT

Seat Belt Warning Light(Except E.C)

The seat belt warning light blinks forabout 6 seconds when the ignition keyis turned from the "OFF" position to the"ON".

*1) When the ignition key is turned from"OFF" position to "ON" within 1minute.

*2) If the vehicle speed exceeds 9km/h, the seat belt chime also soundsfor about 1~2 minutes.If the vehicle speed is below 9km/h,1 minute later the seat belt chimealso sounds for about 1~2 minutes.

NOTE:If the driver's seat belt is operated inthis order "unbuckled →→→→→ buckled →→→→→unbuckled →→→→→ buckled → → → → → unbuck-led" within 9 seconds after the seatbelt is buckled, the seat belt warninglight and chime will not activate.

The seat belt warning light and chimewill activate to the following table.

B265E01TB-GAT

Seat Belt Warning Lightand Chime (E.C only)

User (Driver) ConditionSeat Belt WarningLight

Seat Belt Ignition Switch

Unbuckled ON Stay on until buckled up

Buckled ON Come on for 6 seconds

Unbuckled ON *1 Blink until buckled up

ON Blink until buckled up*2Buckled →→→→→Unbuckled

B180A02A-GAT

SEAT BELTS 3-Point Systemwith Emergency Locking Retrac-tor (If Installed)To Fasten Your Belt

B180A01NF

To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab intothe buckle. There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into thebuckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts tothe proper length only after the lap beltis adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you leanforward in a slow, easy motion, the beltwill extend and let you move around. Ifthere is a sudden stop or impact, how-ever, the belt will lock into position. It

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM24

Page 37: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 25

B200A01S-GAT

Adjusting Your Seat BeltB210A01A-AAT

To Release the Seat Belt

The seat belt is released by pressingthe release button in the locking buckle.When it is released, the belt shouldautomatically draw back into the re-tractor.If this does not happen, check the beltto be sure it is not twisted, then tryagain.

B200A02NF

You should place the belt as low aspossible on your hips, not on yourwaist. If the belt is located too high onyour body, you could slide under it incase of accident or a sudden stop.This could result of death, seriousinjury or property damage. Both armsshould not be under or over thebelt. Rather, one should be over andthe other under, as shown in the illus-tration.Never wear the seat belt under the armnearest the door.

B210A01NF

B220A01A-AAT

SEAT BELTS (2-Point StaticType) (Rear Seat Center)(If Installed)To Fasten Your Seat Belt

To fasten a 2-point static type belt,insert the metal tab into the lockingbuckle. There will be an audible "click"when the tab locks into the buckle.Check to make sure the belt is properlylocked and that the belt is not twisted.

B220A04NF

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM25

Page 38: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 26 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B220D02Y-GAT

SEAT BELTS - Rear SeatCenter's 3-Point System WithEmergency Locking Retractor(If installed)

1. Before fastening the rear seat centerbelt, confirm the metal tab (a) andbuckle (b) are latched together.

2. After confirming that (a) and (b) arelatched, pull the seat belt out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (c)into the buckle (d).

There will be an audible "click" whenthe tab locks in the buckle. The seatbelt automatically adjusts to the properlength only after the lap belt is adjustedmanually so that it fits snugly around

B220D01TB

B220C01A-AAT

To Release the Seat Belt

When you want to release the seat belt,press the button in the locking buckle.

B220C01TB

WARNING:The center lap belt latching mecha-nism is different from those for therear seat shoulder belts. When fas-tening the rear seat shoulder beltsor the center lap belt, make surethey are inserted into the correctbuckles to obtain maximum protec-tion from the seat belt system andassure proper operation.

!

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)B220B01NF

Correct

Toohigh

B220B01A-AAT

Adjusting Your Seat Belt

With a 2-point static type seat belt, thelength must be adjusted manually so itfits snugly around your body. Fastenthe belt and pull on the loose end totighten. The belt should be placed aslow as possible on your hips, not onyour waist. If the belt is too high, itcould increase the possibility of yourbeing injured in an accident.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM26

Page 39: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 27

your hips. If you lean forward in a slow,easy motion, the belt will extend andlet you move around. If there is asudden stop or impact, the belt will lockinto position. It will also lock if you try tolean forward too quickly.

WARNING:o When using the rear seat center

belt, you must lock all metal tabsand buckles. If any metal tab orbuckle is not locked, it will in-crease the chance of injury in theevent of collision.

o Never unlock the metal tab (a)and the buckle (b) with the fol-lowing exceptions.(1)In case of folding rear

seatbacks down.(2)If transporting an object on

the rear seat may cause dam-age to the rear seat centerbelt.

o Lock the metal tab (a) and thebuckle (b) immediately after fold-ing rear seatbacks up.

!

B220A02Y-DB220D02TB

o To disconnect the metal tab (a)from the buckle (b), insert a nar-row-ended tool into the groovelocated on the buckle (b).

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM27

Page 40: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 28 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B230A03A-GAT

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM(If Installed)

Children riding in the car should sit inthe rear seat and must always beproperly restrained to minimize therisk of injury in an accident, suddenstop or sudden maneuver. Accordingto accident statistics, children are saferwhen properly restrained in the rearseats than in the front seat. Largerchildren not in a child restraint shoulduse one of the seat belts provided.You are required by law to use safetyrestraints for children. If small childrenride in your vehicle you must put themin a child restraint system (safety seat).Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and ba-bies, a child seat or infant seat must beused. Before buying a particular childrestraint system, make sure it fits yourcar and seat belts, and fits your child.Follow all the instructions provided bythe manufacturer when installing thechild restraint system.

WARNING:o A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat onthe front passenger's seat.Should an accident occur andcause the passenger side airbagto deploy, it could severely in-jure or kill an infant or child seatedin an infant or child seat. Thus,only use a child restraint in therear seat of your vehicle.

o Since a safety belt or child re-straint system can become veryhot if it is left in a closed vehicle,be sure to check the seat coverand buckles before placing achild there.

o When the child restraint system isnot in use, store it in the luggagecompartment or fasten it with asafety belt so that it will not bethrown forward in the case of asudden stop or an accident.

!B220C01Y-GAT

To Release the Seat Belt(If installed)

When you want to release the seat belt,press the button in the locking buckle.

B220C02TB

WARNING:The center belt latching mechanismis different from those for the rearseat shoulder belts. When fasten-ing the rear seat shoulder belts orthe rear seat center belt, make surethey are inserted into the correctbuckles to obtain maximum protec-tion from the seat belt system andassure proper operation.

!

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM28

Page 41: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 29

o Never allow a child to stand up orkneel on the seat.

o Never use an infant carrier or childsafety seat that "hooks" over aseatback; it may not provide ad-equate security in an accident.

o Never allow a child to be held in aperson's arms while they are in amoving vehicle, as this could re-sult in serious injury to the childin the event of an accident or asudden stop. Holding a child in amoving vehicle does not providethe child with any means of pro-tection during an accident, even ifthe person holding the child iswearing a seat belt.

o If the child restaint seat is notanchored properly, the risk of achild being seriously injured orkilled in a collision greatly in-creases.

B230G01TB

To install a child restraint system in theoutboard rear seats, extend the shoul-der/lap belt from its retractor. Installthe child restraint system, buckle theseat belt and allow the seat belt to takeup any slack. Make sure that the lapportion of the belt is tight around thechild restraint system and the shoulderportion of the belt is positioned so thatit cannot interfere with the child's heador neck. After installation of the childrestraint system, try to move it in alldirections to be sure the child restraintsystem is securely installed.

B230G01A-GAT

Installation on Outboard RearSeats

o Children who are too large to be ina child restraint should sit in therear seat and be restrained withthe available lap/shoulder belts.Never allow children to ride in thefront passenger seat.

o Always make sure that the shoul-der belt portion of the outboardlap/shoulder belt is positionedmidway over the shoulder, neveracross the neck or behind theback. Moving the child closer tothe center of the vehicle may helpprovide a good shoulder belt fit.The lap belt portion of the lap/shoulder belt or the center seatlap belt must always be posi-tioned as low as possible on thechild's hips and as snug as pos-sible.

o If the seat belt will not properly fitthe child, Hyundai recommendsthe use of an approved boosterseat in the rear seat in order toraise the child's seating height sothat the seat belt will properly fitthe child.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM29

Page 42: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 30 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B230B01TB

B230B02A-GAT

Using a Child Restraint Systemwith "Tether Anchorage" Sys-tem

For small children and babies, the useof a child seat or infant seat is stronglyrecommended. This child seat or infantseat should be of appropriate size forthe child and should be installed inaccordance with the manufacturer's in-structions. It is further recommendedthat the seat be placed in the vehicle'srear seat since this can make an impor-tant contribution to safety. Your vehicleis provided with three child restrainthook holders for installing the child seator infant seat.

Spacer (10mm), ChildRestraint Hook Holder

Holder Bolt (5/16"-30 mm)

Washer, Conical Spring

Holder, Child Restraint Hook

Retainer Washer

B230E02FC-GAT

Securing a Child Restraint Sys-tem with "Tether Anchorage"System

Three child restraint hook holders arelocated on the vertical back panel.(behind rear bumper bar)

1. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable head-rests, route the tether strap underthe headrest and between the head-rest posts, otherwise route the tetherstrap over the top of the seatback.

WARNING:Do not install any child restraint sys-tem in the front passenger seat.Should an accident occur and causethe passenger side airbag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infant orchild seat. Therefore, only use a childrestraint system in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

If you need to tighten the belt, pull morewebbing toward the retractor. When youunbuckle the seat belt and allow it toretract, the retractor will automaticallyrevert back to its normal seated pas-senger emergency locking usage con-dition.

NOTE:o Before installing the child re-

straint system, read the instruc-tions supplied by the child re-straint system manufacturer.

o If the seat belt does not operateas described, have the systemchecked immediately by yourauthorized Hyundai dealer.

!

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM30

Page 43: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 31

! WARNING:To install the Child Restraint Seat,for safety reasons the Seat shouldbe positioned rearmost with theseatback in a vertical position, notreclined.

B230D04E-GAT

Using a Child Restraint Systemwith "ISOFIX" System and"Tether Anchorage" System

ISOFIX is a standardised method offitting child seats that eliminates theneed to use the standard adult seat beltto secure the seat in the vehicle. Thisenables a much more secure and posi-tive location with the added benefit ofeasier and quicker installation.

An ISOFIX-seat can only be installed ifit has vehicle-specific approval in ac-cordance with the requirements of ECE-R44. For your Hyundai, the HyundaiISOFIX GR1 / Hyundai Duo / RömerISOFIX GR1 and the Römer Duo ISOFIX/ Britax Duo ISOFIX is approved ac-

HTB193

B230E01TB

Back panel

Front of Vehicle

Attaching clip

Covering shelf

2. Remove the load space cover.3. Connect the tether strap hook to the

child restraint hook holder and tightento secure the seat.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM31

Page 44: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 32 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

On each side of the rear seat, betweenthe cushion and backrest, are located apair of ISOFIX anchorage points to-gether with a top tether mounting on theluggage compartment. During the in-stalling, the seat has to be engaged atthe anchorage-points in a way you canhear it clicking (check by pulling!) andhas to be fixed with the Top Tether-belton the belonging point in the luggage-compartment. The installing and theuse of a child-seat has to be doneaccording to the installing-manual,which is added to the ISOFIX-seat.

NOTE:An ISOFIX-child-seat can only beinstalled if the seat has a vehicle-specific approval according to ECE-R44. Before using the ISOFIX-child-seat, which was bought for anothercar, ask your Hyundai-dealer whetherthis seat-type is approved and rec-ommended for your Hyundai.

B230C02TB

1. To engage the child restraint seat tothe ISOFIX anchor, insert the childrestraint seat latch into the ISOFIXanchor. Listen for the audible "click"sound.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to thechild restraint hook holder and tightento secure the seat. Refer to "Secur-ing a Child Restraint System with theTether Anchorage System" on page1-30.

To secure the child restraint seatcording to the requirement ECE-R44.This seat has been tested extensivelyby Hyundai and is recommended foryour Hyundai.

NOTE:At present, this seat is the only onecomplying with that provision. Incase that other manufacturers willfurnish proof of a respective certifi-cation, Hyundai is going to evaluatethis seat carefully and will give arecommendation provided that seatcomplies to the law. Please ask yourHyundai dealer in this respect.

B230C01TB

ISOFIXAnchor

ISOFIX AnchorIndicator Button

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM32

Page 45: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 33

B230H01TB-GAT

Child Seat Restraint SuitabilityFor Seat Position

Use child safety seats that have beenofficially approved and are appropriatefor your children. When using the childsafety seats, refer to the following table.

Rear

Center

Age GroupSeating Position

U X

X U X

Rear

Outboard

Front

Passenger

0 : Up to 10 kg

(0 ~ 9 months)

0+ : Up to 13 kg

(0 ~ 2 years)

I : 9kg to 18kg

(9 months ~ 4

years)

II & III : 15kg to

36kg (4 ~ 12

years)

X

Unlatched metal latch plates ortabs may allow the child to reachthe unretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulation and aserious injury or death to the childin the child restraint.

o Do not mount more than one childrestraint to a child restraint loweranchorage point. The improperincreased load may cause the an-chorage points or tether anchor tobreak, causing serious injury ordeath.

o Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX-com-patible child restraint seat only tothe appropriate locations shownin the illustration.

o Always follow the installation anduse instructions provided by themanufacturer of the child restraint.

X U, L1 X

X UF X

WARNING:o Do not install a child restraint seat

at the center of the rear seat usingthe vehicle's ISOFIX anchors. TheISOFIX anchors are only providedfor the left and right outboard rearseating positions. Do not misusethe ISOFIX anchors by attemptingto attach a child restraint seat inthe middle of the rear seat to theISOFIX anchors. In a crash, thechild restraint seat ISOFIX attach-ments may not be strong enoughto secure the child restraint seatproperly in the center of the rearseat and may break, causing seri-ous injury or death.

o When using the vehicle’s “ISOFIX”system to install a child restraintsystem in the rear seat, all unusedvehicle rear seat belt metal latchplates or tabs must be latchedsecurely in their seat belt bucklesand the seat belt webbing must beretracted behind the child restraintto prevent the child from reachingand taking hold of unretracted seatbelts.

!

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM33

Page 46: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 34 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

The pre-tensioner seat belt operates inthe same way as an Emergency Lock-ing Retractor (ELR) type of seat belt.When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. However, in certain frontalcollisions, the pre-tensioner will acti-vate and pull the seat belt into tightercontact against the occupant's body.

HXG229

The seat belt pre-tensioner systemconsists mainly of the following compo-nents.

Their locations are shown in the illus-tration.

1. SRS airbag warning light2. Seat belt pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

HTB198

Driver's airbag 1

2

3

Passenger'sairbag

B180B01A-GAT

Pre-tensioner Seat Belt(With A/BAG) (If Installed)

Your Hyundai vehicle is equipped withdriver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts. The purpose ofthe pre-tensioner is to make sure thatthe seat belts fit tightly against theoccupant's body in certain frontal col-lisions.The pre-tensioner seat belts can beactivated with the airbags.

U : Suitable for "universal" categoryrestraints approved for use in thismass group

UF:Suitable for forward-facing "univer-sal" category restraints approvedfor use in this mass group

L1 : Suitable for "Römer ISOFIX GR1"approved for use in this mass group(Approval No: E1 R44-03301133)

X : Seat position not suitable for chil-dren in this mass group

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM34

Page 47: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 35

WARNING:To obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:

1. The seat belt must be worn cor-rectly.

2. The seat belt must be adjusted tothe correct position.

!

NOTE:o Both the driver's and front

passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts will be activated in certainfrontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seat belts can be acti-vated with the airbags. The pre-tensioners will be activated un-der these conditions even if theseat belts are not being worn atthe time of the collision.

o When the pre-tensioner seat beltsare activated, a loud noise maybe heard and fine dust, whichmay appear to be smoke, may bevisible in the passenger com-partment. These are normal op-erating conditions and are nothazardous.

illuminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, please have an au-thorized Hyundai dealer inspectthe pre-tensioner seat belt or SRSairbag system as soon as pos-sible.

WARNING:o Pre-tensioners are designed to

operate only one time. After acti-vation, pre-tensioner seat beltsmust be replaced. All seat belts,of any type, should always bereplaced after they have beenworn during a collision.

o The pre-tensioner seat belt as-sembly mechanisms become hotduring activation. Do not touchthe pre-tensioner seat belt as-semblies for several minutes af-ter they have been activated.

o Do not attempt to inspect or re-place the pre-tensioner seat beltsyourself. This must be done byan authorized Hyundai dealer.

o Do not strike the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies.

!

o Although it is harmless, the finedust may cause skin irritation andshould not be breathed for pro-longed periods. Wash your handsand face thoroughly after an acci-dent in which the pre-tensionerseat belts were activated.

! CAUTION:o Because the sensor that activates

the SRS airbag is connected withthe pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRSairbag warning light on theinstrument panel will blink for ap-proximately 6 seconds after theignition key has been turned to the"ON" position, and then it shouldturn off.

o If the pre-tensioner seat belt isnot working properly, this warn-ing light will illuminate even ifthere is no malfunction of theSRS airbag system . If the SRSairbag warning light does notilluminate when the ignition keyis turned to "ON", or if it remainsilluminated after blinking for ap-proximately 6 seconds, or if it

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM35

Page 48: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 36 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B240B01TB

Driver's Airbag

Your Hyundai is equipped with a Supple-mental Restraint (Airbag) System. Theindications of the system's presenceare the letters "SRS AIR BAG" em-bossed on the airbag pad cover in thesteering wheel and printed on thepassenger's side front panel pad abovethe glove box.

The Hyundai SRS consists of airbagsinstalled under the pad covers in thecenter of the steering wheel and thepassenger's side front panel above theglove box. The purpose of the SRS is toprovide the vehicle's driver and/or the

B240A01TB-GAT

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT(AIRBAG) SYSTEM (If Installed)

o Do not attempt to service or repairthe pre-tensioner seat belt systemin any manner.

o Improper handling of the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies,and failure to heed the warningsto not strike, modify, inspect, re-place, service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt assembliesmay lead to improper operationor inadvertent activation and se-rious injury.

o Always wear the seat belts whendriving or riding in a motor ve-hicle.

front passenger with additional protec-tion than that offered by the seat beltsystem alone, in case of a frontal im-pact of sufficient severity.

NOTE:Be sure to read information aboutthe SRS on the labels provided onthe backside of the sun visor and inthe glove box.

WARNING:o As its name implies, the SRS is

designed to work with, and besupplemental to, the driver's andthe passenger's three point seatbelt systems and is not a substi-tute for them. Therefore your seatbelts must be worn at all timeswhile the vehicle is in motion. Inaddition, the airbags deploy onlyin certain frontal impact condi-tions severe enough to causesignificant injury to the vehicleoccupants.

!

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM36

Page 49: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 37

HTB203

Rear impact

Side Impact

Rollover

o Front airbags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-im-pact or rollover crashes. In addi-tion, airbags will not deploy infrontal crashes below the deploy-ment threshold speed.

o The SRS is designed to deploy theairbags only when an impact issufficiently severe and when theimpact angle is less than 30° fromthe forward longitudinal axis ofthe vehicle and will not deploy inside, rear or rollover impacts. Ad-ditionally, the airbags will onlydeploy once. Thus, seat beltsmust be worn at all times.

o The driver should sit back as far aspossible while still maintainingcontrol of the vehicle. If you aresitting too close to the airbag, itcan cause death or serious injurywhen it inflates.

o No objects should be placed overor near the airbag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe airbags to deploy.

o If the airbags deploy, they mustbe replaced by an authorizedHyundai dealer.

o Do not tamper with or discon-nect SRS wiring, or other com-ponents of the SRS system. Do-ing so could result in injury, dueto accidental firing of the airbagsor by rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

o Do not install a child restraintsystem in the front passengerseat position. A child restraintsystem must never be placed inthe front seat. The infant or child

could be severely injured or killedby an airbag deployment in caseof an accident.

o Do not allow children to ride inthe front passenger seat. If olderchildren (teenagers and older)must ride in the front seat, makesure they are always properlybelted and that the seat is movedback as far as possible.

o For maximum safety protectionin all types of crashes, all occu-pants including the driver shouldalways wear their seat beltswhether or not an airbag is alsoprovided at their seating posi-tion to minimize the risk of se-vere injury or death in the eventof a crash. Do not sit or leanunnecessarily close to the airbagwhile the vehicle is in motion.

o The SRS airbag system must de-ploy very rapidly to provide pro-tection in a crash. If an occupantis out of position because of notwearing a seat belt, the airbagmay forcefully contact the occu-pant causing serious or fatal in-juries.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM37

Page 50: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 38 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

The SRS consists of the following com-ponents:

- Driver's Airbag Module- Passenger's Airbag Module- SRS Service Reminder Indicator

(SRI)- SRS Control Module (SRSCM)

The SRSCM continually monitors allelements while the ignition is "ON" todetermine if a frontal or near-frontalimpact is severe enough to requireairbag deployment.

B240B01FC-GAT

SRS Components and Functions

B240B01L

B240B02L

The SRS service reminder indicator(SRI) on the instrument panel will blinkfor about 6 seconds after the ignitionkey is turned to the "ON" position orafter the engine is started, after whichthe SRI should go out.

The airbag modules are located both inthe center of the steering wheel and inthe front passenger's panel above theglove box. When the SRSCM detects aconsiderable impact to the front of thevehicle, it will automatically deploy theairbags.

B240B03L

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM38

Page 51: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 39

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will sepa-rate under pressure from the expan-sion of the airbags. Further opening ofthe covers then allows full inflation ofthe airbags.

A fully inflated airbag in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt slowsthe driver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, thus reducing the risk of heador chest injury.

HTB204

Passenger's Airbag

After complete inflation, the airbag im-mediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility.

Passenger's Airbag

B240B05L

! CAUTION:Do not install or place any accesso-ries (drink holder, cassette holder,sticker, etc) on the front passenger'spanel above the glove box in a ve-hicle with passenger's air bag. Suchobjects may become dangerousprojectiles and cause injury if thepassenger's air bag inflates.

CAUTION:When installing a container of liq-uid air freshener inside a vehicle,do not place it near the instrumentcluster nor on the instrument panelpad surface. If there is any leakagefrom the air freshener onto theseareas (instrument cluster, instru-ment panel pad or air ventilator), itmay damage these parts. If the liq-uid from the air freshener does leakonto these areas, wash them withwater immediately.

!

!

WARNING:o When the SRS is activated, there

may be a loud noise and fine dustwill be released throughout thevehicle. These conditions arenormal and are not hazardous.However, the fine dust generatedduring airbag deployment maycause skin irritation. Be sure towash your hands and face thor-oughly with lukewarm water anda mild soap after an accident inwhich the airbags were deployed.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM39

Page 52: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 40 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

o The SRS can function only whenthe ignition key is in the "ON"position. If the SRS SRI does notcome on, or continuously re-mains on, after flashing for about6 seconds when the ignition keyis turned to the "ON" position, orafter the engine is started, orcomes on while driving, the SRSis not working properly. If thisoccurs, have your vehicle imme-diately inspected by yourHyundai dealer.

o Before you replace a fuse or dis-connect a battery terminal, turnthe ignition key to the "LOCK"position or remove the ignitionkey. Never remove or replace theair bag related fuse(s) when theignition key is in the "ON" posi-tion. Failure to heed this warningwill cause the SRS SRI to illumi-nate.

B990A01TB-GAT

Passenger's Front Airbag ON/OFF Switch (If Installed)

B990A01TB

The passenger's front airbag can bedeactivated by the passenger's frontairbag ON/OFF switch (1) if a childrestraint is installed on the frontpassenger's seat or if the frontpassenger's seat is unoccupied by aperson.To ensure the safety of your child, thepassenger's front airbag must be deac-tivated when it should be necessary toinstall a rearward facing child seat onthe front passenger seat in exceptionalcircumstances.

To deactivate or reactivate thepassenger's front airbag

To deactivate the passenger's frontairbag, insert the master key into thepassenger's front airbag ON/OFF switchon the right side of the crash pad andturn it to the "OFF" position. Thepassenger's front airbag OFF indicatorwill illuminate and stay on until thepassenger's front airbag is reactivated.

To reactivate the passenger's frontairbag, insert the master key into thepassenger's front airbag ON/OFF switchand turn it to the "ON" position. Thepassenger's front airbag OFF indicatorwill go out.

(1)

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM40

Page 53: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 41

! WARNING:o The driver is responsible for the

proper position of the passenger'sfront airbag ON/OFF switch.

o Deactivate the front passenger'sairbag only when the ignitionswitch is switched off, or the mal-function may occur in the SRSCM(SRS Control Module). And theremay be a danger that the driver'sand/or passenger's front and/orside airbag may fail to trigger, ornot trigger correctly during a col-lision.

o Never install a rearward facingchild seat on the front passenger'sseat. The infant or child could beseverely injured or killed by anairbag deployment in case of anaccident.

! CAUTION:o If the passenger's front airbag ON/

OFF switch is not working prop-erly, the SRS warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate.If this occurs, have an authorizedHyundai dealer inspect thepassenger's front airbag ON/OFFswitch, the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem and the SRS airbag sys-tem as soon as possible.

B240C01NF

o If the SRS airbag warning lightdoes not illuminate when the igni-tion key is turned to the "ON"position, or if it illuminates whilethe vehicle is being driven, havean authorized Hyundai dealer in-spect the passenger's front airbagON/OFF switch, pre-tensioner seatbelt and the SRS airbag system assoon as possible.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM41

Page 54: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 42 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B990B01TG-GAT

Side Impact Airbag (If Installed)

Your Hyundai is equipped with a sideairbag in each front seat. The purposeof the airbag is to provide the vehicle'sdriver and/or the front passenger withadditional protection than that offeredby the seatbelt alone. The side impactairbags are designed to deploy onlyduring certain side impact collisions,depending on the crash severity, angle,speed and point of impact. The airbags are not designed to deploy in allside impact situations.

B990B02Y

HTB072

Side airbagsensor

! WARNING:o The side impact airbag is supple-

mental to the driver's and thepassenger's seat belt systems andis not a substitute for them. There-fore your seat belts must be wornat all times while the vehicle is inmotion.

o Even though your vehicle isequipped with the passenger'sairbag ON/OFF switch, do not in-stall a child restraint system in thefront passenger's seat. A child re-straint system must never beplaced in the front seat. Childrenwho are too large for child re-straint systems should alwaysoccupy the rear seat and use theavailable lap/shoulder belts. Chil-dren are afforded the most safetyin the event of an accident whenthey are restrained by a properrestraint system in the rear seat.

o As soon as deactivation is nolonger needed, reactivate the frontpassenger's airbag.

Important Safety Notes on theSide Impact Airbag system

Following is a number of safety pointsconcerning this system which shouldalways be observed to ensure risk ofinjury is reduced in an accident.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM42

Page 55: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 43

The airbags deploy only in certainside impact conditions severeenough to cause significant injuryto the vehicle occupants.

o For best protection from the sideimpact airbag system and to avoidbeing injured by the deployingside impact airbag, both front seatoccupants should sit in an up-right position with the seat beltproperly fastened. The driver'shands should be placed on thesteering wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00o'clock positions. The passenger'sarms and hands should be placedin their laps.

o Do not use any accessory seatcovers.

o Use of seat covers could reduce orprevent the effectiveness of thesystem.

o Do not install any accessories onthe side or near the side impactairbag.

o Do not use excessive force onthe side of the seat.

o Do not place any objects over theairbag or between the airbag andyourself.

B240C01Y-GAT

SRS Care

The SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. The entire SRSsystem must be inspected by an au-thorized Hyundai dealer in 10 yearsafter the date that the vehicle wasmanufactured.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or anywork on the steering wheel must beperformed by a qualified Hyundai tech-nician. Improper handling of the SRSsystem may result in serious personalinjury.

o Do not place any objects (an um-brella, bag, etc.) between the frontdoor and the front seat. Such ob-jects may become dangerous pro-jectiles and cause injury if thesupplemental side impact air baginflates.

o To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side impact air bagthat may result in personal injury,avoid impact to the side airbagsensor when the ignition key ison.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM43

Page 56: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 44 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

o For cleaning the airbag pad cov-ers, use only a soft, dry cloth orone which has been moistenedwith plain water. Solvents or clean-ers could adversely affect theairbag covers and proper deploy-ment of the system.

o No objects should be placed overor near the airbag modules on thesteering wheel, instrument panel,and the front passenger's panelabove the glove box, because anysuch object could cause harm ifthe vehicle is in a crash severeenough to cause the airbags toinflate.

o If the airbags inflate, they must bereplaced by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

o Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing so couldresult in injury, due to accidentalfiring of the airbags or by render-ing the SRS inoperative.

o Do not install a child restraint sys-tem in the front passenger seatposition.

o A child restraint system must never be placed in the front seat.The infant or child could be se-verely injured by an airbag de-ployment in case of an accident.

o If components of the airbag sys-tem must be discarded, or if thevehicle must be scrapped, certainsafety precautions must be ob-served. Your Hyundai dealerknows these precautions and cangive you the necessary informa-tion. Failure to follow these pre-cautions and procedures couldincrease the risk of personal in-jury.

B240C01HP

WARNING:o Extreme Hazard! Do not use a re-

ward facing restraint on a seatprotected by an airbag in front ofit!

o Modification to SRS componentsor wiring, including the additionof any kind of badges to the padcovers or modifications to the bodystructure, can adversely affect SRSperformance and lead to possibleinjury.

!

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM44

Page 57: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 45

o If you sell your vehicle, make cer-tain that this manual is transferredto the new owner.

o If your car was flooded and hassoaked carpeting or water on floor-ing, you shouldn't try to start en-gine; have the car towed to autho-rized Hyundai dealer.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM45

Page 58: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 46 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B260A01TB-GAT

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR LIGHTSA Type (Without Trip Computer)

B260A01TB

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM46

Page 59: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 47

1. Tail Gate Open Warning Light2. Immobilizer Warning Indicator Light (If installed)3. Tachometer4. Turn Signal Indicator Light5. Automatic Transaxle Position Indicator Light

(If installed)6. Fuel Gauge7. Odometer/Trip Odometer8. Speedometer9. Electric Power Steering Warning Light (If installed)10. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) (If installed)11. Diesel Pre-heat Indicator Light (Diesel only)12. High Beam Indicator Light13. Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Light14. Parking Brake/Brake Fluid Level Warning Light

15. Door Ajar Warning Light16. Passenger's Front Airbag OFF Indicator Light

(If installed)17. SRS (Airbag) Warning Light

(If installed)18. Low Fuel Warning Light19. Electronic Stability Program (ESP) Indicator Light

(If installed)20. ABS Warning Light (If installed)21. Fuel Filter Warning Light (Diesel only)22. Seat Belt Warning Light23. Oil Pressure Warning Light24. Charging System Warning Light25. Overdrive off Indicator Light (Auto T/A only)

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM47

Page 60: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 48 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B260B01TB-GAT

B Type (With Trip Computer)

B260B01TB

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM48

Page 61: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 49

1. Tail Gate Open Warning Light 2. Immobilizer Warning Indicator Light (If installed) 3. Tachometer 4. Turn Signal Indicator Light 5. Automatic Transaxle Position Indicator Light

(If installed) 6. Odometer/Trip Odometer 7. Fuel Gauge 8. Trip Computer (If installed) 9. Speedometer10. Electric Power Steering Warning Light (If installed)11. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) (If installed)12. Diesel Pre-heat Indicator Light (Diesel only)13. High Beam Indicator Light

14. Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Light15. Parking Brake/Brake Fluid Level Warning Light16. Door Ajar Warning Light17. Passenger's Front Airbag OFF Indicator Light

(If installed)18. SRS (Airbag) Warning Light (If installed)19. Low Fuel Warning Light20. Electronic Stability Program (ESP) Indicator Light

(If installed)21. ABS Warning Light (If installed)22. Fuel Filter Warning Light (Diesel only)23. Seat Belt Warning Light24. Oil Pressure Warning Light25. Charging System Warning Light26. Overdrive Off Indcator Light (Auto T/A only)

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM49

Page 62: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 50 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B260B01S-GAT

SRS (Airbag) ServiceReminder Indicator (SRI)(If Installed)

The SRS service reminder indicator(SRI) comes on and flashes for about6 seconds after the ignition key isturned to the "ON" position or after theengine is started, after which it will goout.

This light also comes on when the SRSis not working properly. If the SRI doesnot come on, or continuously remainson after flashing for about 6 secondswhen you turned the ignition key to the"ON" position or started the engine, orif it comes on while driving, have theSRS inspected by an authorizedHyundai Dealer.

B230T02NF-GAT

Passenger's Front AirbagOFF Indicator Light(If Installed)

The passenger's front airbag OFF indi-cator illuminates for about 4 secondsafter the ignition key is turned to the"ON" position or after the engine isstarted, and then it will go off in 3seconds.The passenger's front airbag OFF indi-cator also comes on when thepassenger's front airbag ON/OFF switchis set to "OFF" position and turns offwhen the passenger's front airbag ON/OFF switch is set to "ON" position.

CAUTION:If there is a malfunction of thepassenger's front airbag ON/OFFswitch, the passenger's front airbagOFF indicator will not illuminate andthe passenger's front airbag will in-flate in frontal impact crashes even ifthe passenger's front airbag ON/OFFswitch is set to the "OFF" position.If the passenger's front airbag OFFindicator will not illuminate whenthe passenger's front airbag ON/OFFswitch is set to the "OFF" position,have an authorized Hyundai dealerinspect the passenger's front airbagON/OFF switch and the SRS airbagsystem as soon as possible.

!

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM50

Page 63: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 51

B260P02Y-GAT

ABS Service ReminderIndicator (SRI)(If Installed)

When the key is turned to the "ON"position, the Anti-Lock Brake Systemwill come on and then go off in a fewseconds. If the ABS SRI remains on,comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the key is turned to the"ON" position, this indicates that theremay be a problem with the ABS.If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by your Hyundai dealer assoon as possible. The normal brakingsystem will still be operational, butwithout the assistance of the anti-lockbrake system.

B260C01A-AAT

O/D OFF Indicator(Automatic transaxleonly) (If Installed)

When the overdrive switch is turnedon, the overdrive off indicator will goout. This amber indicator will be illumi-nated when the overdrive switch isturned off.

B260D01A-AAT

Turn Signal IndicatorLights

The blinking green arrows on the in-strument panel show the direction indi-cated by the turn signals. If the arrowcomes on but does not blink, blinksmore rapidly than normal, or does notilluminate at all, a malfunction in theturn signal system is indicated. Yourdealer should be consulted for repairs.

WARNING:If both ABS SRI and Parking Brake/Brake fluid level warning lights re-main "ON" or come on while driv-ing, there may be a problem withE.B.D (Electronic Brake Force Dis-tribution).If this occurs, avoid sudden stopsand have your vehicle checked byyour Hyundai dealer as soon aspossible.

!

B260F01A-AAT

High Beam IndicatorLight

The high beam indicator light comeson whenever the headlights areswitched to the high beam or flashposition.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM51

Page 64: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 52 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

other time, you should slow the vehicleand bring it to a complete stop in a safelocation off the roadway.The brake warning light indicates thatthe brake fluid level in the brake mastercylinder is low and hydraulic brake fluidconforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specifi-cations should be added. After addingfluid, if no other trouble is found, the carshould be immediately and carefullydriven to a Hyundai dealer for inspec-tion. If further trouble is experienced,the vehicle should not be driven at allbut taken to a dealer by a professionaltowing service or some other safemethod.Your Hyundai is equipped with dual-diagonal braking systems. This meansyou still have braking on two wheelseven if one of the dual systems shouldfail. With only one of the dual systemsworking, more than normal pedal traveland greater pedal pressure are re-quired to stop the car. Also, the car willnot stop in as short a distance with onlyhalf of the brake system working. If thebrakes fail while you are driving, shiftto a lower gear for additional enginebraking and stop the car as soon as it issafe to do so.

B260H03A-AAT

Parking Brake/BrakeFluid Level WarningLight

Warning Light Operation

The parking brake/brake fluid levelwarning light should come on when theparking brake is applied and the igni-tion switch is turned to "ON" or"START". After the engine is started,the light should go out when the park-ing brake is released.If the parking brake is not applied, thewarning light should come on when theignition switch is turned to "ON" or"START", then go out when the enginestarts. If the light comes on at any

WARNING:If you suspect brake trouble, haveyour brakes checked by a Hyundaidealer as soon as possible. Drivingyour car with a problem in either thebrake electrical system or brakehydraulic system is dangerous, andcould result in a serious injury ordeath.

!

B260G01A-AAT

Oil Pressure WarningLight

! CAUTION:If the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult. The oil pressure warninglight comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In normaloperation, it should come on whenthe ignition switch is turned on,then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warninglight stays on while the engine isrunning, there may be a seriousmalfunction. If this happens, stopthe car as soon as it is safe to do so,turn off the engine and check the oillevel. If the oil level is low, fill theengine oil to the proper level andstart the engine again. If the lightstays on with the engine running,turn the engine off immediately. Inany instance where the oil light stayson when the engine is running, theengine should be checked by anauthorized Hyundai dealer before thecar is driven again.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM52

Page 65: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 53

B260J01S-GAT

Charging SystemWarning Light

The charging system warning lightshould come on when the ignition isturned on, then go out when the engineis running. If the light stays on while theengine is running, there is a malfunc-tion in the electrical charging system. Ifthe light comes on while you are driv-ing, stop, turn off the engine and checkunder the hood. First, make certain thegenerator drive belt is in place. If it is,check the tension of the belt.And then, have the system checked byyour Hyundai dealer.

B260L01A-GAT

Door Ajar Warning Light

The door ajar warning light warns youthat a door is not completely closed.

B260K01B-GAT

Tail Gate Open WarningLight

This light remains on unless the tailgate is completely closed.

B260M01A-AAT

Low Fuel Level WarningLight

The low fuel level warning light comeson when the fuel tank is approachingempty. When it comes on, you shouldadd fuel as soon as possible. Drivingwith the fuel level warning light on orwith the fuel level below "E" can causethe engine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter.

CAUTION:If the drive belt (generator belt) isloosen, broken, or mission while thevehicle is driving, there may be aserious malfunction, engine couldoverheat because this belt alsodrives the water pump.

!

B260N02FC-GAT

Malfunction IndicatorLight (If installed)

This light illuminates when there is amalfunction of an exhaust gas relatedcomponent, and the system is notfunctioning properly so that the exhaustgas regulation values are not satisfied.This light will illuminate when the igni-tion key is tuned to the "ON" position,and will go out after the engine start. Ifit illuminates while driving, or does notilluminate when the ignition key is turnedto the "ON" position, take your car toyour nearest authorized Hyundai dealerand have the system checked.

B260E01TB-GAT

Seat Belt Warning Light(Except E.C)

The seat belt warning light blinks forabout 6 seconds when the ignition keyis turned from the "OFF" position to the"ON".

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM53

Page 66: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 54 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

CAUTION:When you move the electric powersteering back-end and forth-endcontinuously in stop position, steer-ing wheel plays heavily to operateanti-overload system. It is normalcondition. It returns to be normalgetting time.

!

B260T01TB-GAT

Electric PowerSteeringSystem (EPS)Warning Light(If installed)

This indicator light comes on about 4seconds after the ignition key is turnedto the "ON" position or after the engineis started, it will go out.This light also comes on when the EPShas some troubles. If it comes on whiledriving, have your vehicle inspected byan authorized Hyundai Dealer.

*1) When the ignition key is turned from"OFF" position to "ON" within 1minute.

*2) If the vehicle speed exceeds 9km/h, the seat belt chime also soundsfor about 1~2 minutes.If the vehicle speed is below 9km/h,1 minute later the seat belt chimealso sounds for about 1~2 minutes.

The seat belt warning light and chimewill activate to the following table.

B265E01TB-GAT

Seat Belt Warning Lightand Chime (E.C only)

User (Driver) Condition

Seat Belt WarningLightSeat Belt Ignition Switch

Unbuckled ON Stay on until buckled up

Buckled ON Come on for 6 seconds

Unbuckled ON *1 Blink until buckled up

ON Blink until buckled up*2Buckled →→→→→Unbuckled

NOTE:If the driver's seat belt is operated inthis order "unbuckled →→→→→ buckled →→→→→unbuckled →→→→→ buckled → → → → → unbuck-led" within 9 seconds after the seatbelt is buckled, the seat belt warninglight and chime will not activate.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM54

Page 67: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 55

B265C01LZ-AAT

Electronic StabilityProgram Indicator Lights(If installed)

The electronic stability program indica-tors change operation according to theignition switch position and whether thesystem is in operation or not.They will illuminate when the ignitionkey is turned to the "ON" position, butshould go out after three seconds. If theESP or ESP-OFF indicator stays on,take your car to your authorized Hyundaidealer and have the system checked.See section 2 for more informationabout the ESP.

B260U01TB-GAT

Immobilizer IndicatorLight (If installed)

This indicator light comes on for someseconds after the ignition key is turnedto the "ON" position. At this time, youcan start the engine. The light goes outafter the engine is running. In case thislight goes out before you start the en-gine, you must turn to the "LOCK"position and restart the engine. In casethis light blinks for five seconds whenthe ignition key is turned to "ON" posi-tion, this indicates that the immobilizersystem is out of order. At this time,refer to the explanation of the Limphome procedure(See page 1-6) or con-sult to the Hyundai dealer.

B260S01B-GAT

Diesel Pre-heat IndicatorLight-Amber(Diesel Engine)

The indicator light illuminates amberwhen the ignition switch is placed atthe "ON" position. The engine can bestarted after the pre-heat indicator lightgoes off. The illuminating time varieswith the water temperature, air tem-perature and battery condition.

NOTE:If the engine were not started 10seconds after the preheating is com-pleted, turn the ignition key oncemore to the "LOCK" position, andthen to the "ON" position, in orderto preheat again.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM55

Page 68: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 56 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B270A01A-AAT

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNINGSOUND

The front disc brake pads have wearindicators that should make a high-pitched squealing or scraping noisewhen new pads are needed. The soundmay come and go or be heard all thetime when the vehicle is moving. Itmay also be heard when the brakepedal is pushed down firmly. Exces-sive rotor damage will result if the wornpads are not replaced. See yourHyundai dealer immediately.

B900A01A-GAT

ACOUSTIC WARNING SOUND(If Installed)

The acoustic warning chime soundswhen the tail lights are on and the doorin driver side is open. This prevents thebattery from discharging when the caris left with the tail lights on. The chimesounds until the tail lights are turnedoff.

B265A01B-GAT

Fuel Filter WarningLight-Red (Diesel Engine)

This light illuminates when the ignitionswitch is set to the "ON" position andgoes off after the engine has started. Ifit lights up while the engine is running,it indicates that water has accumu-lated inside the fuel filter. If this hap-pens, remove the water from the fuelfilter. (Refer to "6-28 page")

B290A01TB-AAT

Engine Coolant Tempera-ture Indicator

WARNING:Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. The engine cool-ant is under pressure and coulderupt and cause severe burns. Waituntil the engine is cool before re-moving the radiator cap.

!

These indicators show the temperatureof the engine coolant when the ignitionswitch is ON. Red indicator illuminatesif the temperature of the engine coolantis above 120±3°C (393±5.5°F).Blue indicator Illuminates if the tem-perature of the engine coolant is below60±3°C (140±5.5°F).If the red indicator illuminates, pull overand stop as soon as possible and turnoff the engine. Then open the hood andcheck the coolant level (See "If theengine overheats" on the page 3-4.) andthe water pump drive belt. If you sus-pect cooling system trouble, have yourcooling system checked by a Hyundaidealer as soon as possible.

NOTE:If the red engine temperature indica-tor illuminates, it indicates overheat-ing that may damage the engine.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM56

Page 69: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 57

B300A01A-GAT

SPEEDOMETER

B300A01TB

A Type B Type

Your Hyundai's speedometer is cali-brated in kilometers per hour or milesper hour.

HTB2019

The needle on the gauge indicates theapproximate fuel level in the fuel tank.The fuel capacity is given in Section 9.

B280A01A-AAT

FUEL GAUGE

The tachometer registers the speed ofyour engine in revolutions per minute(rpm).

B330A02A-AAT

TACHOMETER

B330A01TB

A Type B Type

! CAUTION:The engine should not be raced tosuch a speed that the needle entersthe red zone on the tachometer face.This can cause severe engine dam-age and may void your warranty.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM57

Page 70: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 58 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1. Odometer

HTB010

1

2

3

The odometer records the total drivingdistance in kilometers or miles, and isuseful for keeping a record for mainte-nance intervals.

NOTE:Any alteration of the odometer mayvoid your warranty coverage.

2,3 Trip odometer

Records the distance of 2 trips in kilo-meters or miles.

B310B02TB-GAT

ODOMETER/TRIP ODOMETER

A TYPE(WITH TRIP COMPUTER)1. Odometer

The odometer records the total drivingdistance in kilometers or miles, and isuseful for keeping a record for mainte-nance intervals.

NOTE:Any alteration of the odometer mayvoid your warranty coverage.

B310B01TB

A Type

B Type

2. Trip odometer

o This mode indicates the drive dis-tance travelled since the last drivetime reset.

o Pressing the trip switch for morethan 1 second, when the drive dis-tance is being displayed, clears thedrive distance to zero.

o Refer to the explanation of the tripcomputer (see page 1-61, Drive Dis-tance).

B TYPE(WITHOUT TRIP COMPUTER)

Function of digital odometer/tripodometerPushing in the reset switch when theignition switch is turned "ON" will dis-play the following sequence:

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM58

Page 71: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 59

The trip computer is the microcom-puter-controlled driver informationgauge that displays information re-lated to driving, such as outside tem-perature distance to empty, drive dis-tance and average consumption onthe LCD.

B400B01TB

B400B03TB-GAT

TRIP COMPUTER (If Installed)TRIP A: First distance you have trav-eled from your origination point to afirst destination.TRIP B: Second distance from the firstdestination to the final destination.

To shift from TRIP A to TRIP B, pressthe trip switch. When pressed for 1second, it will reset to 0.

OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE

DISTANCE TO EMPTY

AVERAGE CONSUMPTION

DRIVE DISTANCE

Trip Computer Switch

o The trip computer switch is used tozero the multi-functional displaymode.

o Pushing in the trip computer switchchanges the display as follows;

B400B06TB

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM59

Page 72: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 60 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

Total Fuel Consumption(L) x 100Total Cruise Distance (km)

B400B05TB

MPG =

L/100km =

Total Cruise Distance(Miles)Total Fuel Consumption (G)

o This mode indicates the estimateddistance to empty from the currentfuel in the fuel tank and distance toempty symbol.

o When refueling with more than 6liters, the trip computer will recog-nize refueling.

o When the battery has been rein-stalled after being discharged ordisconnected, drive more than 64kmfor an accurate distance to empty.

NOTE:o When the distance to empty is less

than 50 km, the symbol will al-ways come on and the distance toempty digits will indicate "---" withflash until more fuel is added.

o The distance to empty can differfrom the actual tripmeter accord-ing to driving conditions.

o The distance to empty can varyaccording to the driving condi-tions, driving pattern or vehiclespeed.

B400B03TB

1. Outside temperature

This mode indicates the outside tem-perature between -40 C (-40 F) and75 C (167 F) .

2. Distance to empty

B400B02TB

3. Average Consumption

o This mode indicates the averageconsumption since the data reset.

o It displays per 10 seconds after youdrive over 50m and 10 seconds.

o Calculation Method

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM60

Page 73: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 61

B400B04TB

B340A01A-AAT

COMBINATION TURN SIGNAL,HEADLIGHT AND HIGH-BEAMSWITCHTurn Signal Operation

Pulling down on the lever causes theturn signals on the left side of the car toblink. Pushing upwards on the levercauses the turn signals on the rightside of the car to blink. As the turn iscompleted, the lever will automaticallyreturn to the center position and turnoff the turn signals at the same time. Ifeither turn signal indicator light blinksmore rapidly than usual, goes on butdoes not blink, or does not go on at all,there is a malfunction in the system.Check for a burned-out fuse or bulb orsee your Hyundai dealer.

4. Drive Distance

o This mode indicates the drive dis-tance travelled since the last drivetime reset.

o Pressing the trip computer switch formore than 1 second, when the drivedistance is being displayed, clearsthe drive distance to zero.

HTB018

B340B01A-AAT

Lane Change Signal

To indicate a lane change, move thelever up or down to a point where itbegins flashing.The lever will automatically return tothe center position when released.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM61

Page 74: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 62 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

HTB017

B340E01A-AAT

Headlight Flasher

To flash the headlights, pull the switchlever toward you, then release it. Theheadlights can be flashed even thoughthe headlight switch is in the "OFF"position.

B340D01A-AAT

High-beam Switch

To turn on the headlight high beams,push the lever forward (away fromyou). The high beam indicator light willcome on at the same time. For lowbeams, pull the lever back toward you.

B340F01A-GAT

Daytime Running Lights(If Installed)

Your Hyundai is equipped with day-time running lights. The daytime run-ning lights are used to improve visibil-ity for oncoming traffic. Your vehicledaytime running lights are designed toremain on continuously when the en-gine is operating even though the head-light switch is in the "OFF" position.However, the daytime running lightswill be off while the parking brake isapplied.

Parking light auto cut(If installed)

If you do not turn the parking lights"OFF" after driving, the parking lightwill automatically shut "OFF" when thedriver's door is opened.To turn them "ON" again you mustsimply turn the ignition key to the "ON"position.

HTB015

B340C02FC-GAT

Headlight Switch

To operate the headlights, turn the bar-rel on the end of the multi-functionswitch. The first position turns on theparking lights, sidelights, tail lights andinstrument panel lights. The secondposition turns on the headlights.

NOTE:The ignition must be in the "ON"position to turn on the headlights.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM62

Page 75: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 63

B350A01A-AAT

WINDSHIELD WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH

The windshield wiper switch has threepositions:

1. Intermittent wiper operation2. Low-speed operation3. High-speed operation

NOTE:To prevent damage to the wipersystem, do not attempt to wipe awayheavy accumulations of snow orice. Accumulated snow and iceshould be removed manually. Ifthere is only a light layer of snow or

HTB019A

To use the windshield washer, pull thewiper/washer lever toward the steer-ing wheel. When the washer lever isoperated, the wipers automaticallymake two passes across the wind-shield. The washer continues to oper-ate until the lever is released.

B350B01O-GAT

Windshield Washer Operation

ice, operate the heater in the defrostmode to melt the snow or ice beforeusing the wiper.

HTB021A

Mist Wiper Operation

NOTE:o Do not operate the washer more

than 15 seconds at a time orwhen the fluid reservoir is empty.

o In icy or freezing weather, be surethe wiper blades are not frozen tothe glass prior to operating thewipers.

o In areas where water freezes inwinter, use windshield washerantifreeze.

If a single wipe is desired in mist, pushthe windshield wiper and washer con-trol lever upwards.

HTB022A

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM63

Page 76: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 64 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B370A01A-AAT

HAZARD WARNING SYSTEM

The hazard warning system should beused whenever you find it necessaryto stop the car in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road asfar as possible.The hazard warning lights are turnedon by pushing in on the hazard switch.This causes all turn signal lights toblink. The hazard warning lights willoperate even though the key is not inthe ignition.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push in on the switch a second time.

HTB2031

B350A01TB-AAT

Tail Gate Wiper And WasherSwitch (If installed)

HTB023A

1. : The washer fluid will be sprayedonto the rear window and thewiper operates while the rear win-dow wiper barrel is placed in thisposition.

2.ON : When the point indicates "ON",the rear window wiper oper-ates continuously.

3.OFF

B350C01FC-GAT

Adjustable Intermittent WiperOperation (If Installed)

To use the intermittent wiper feature,place the wiper switch in the "INT"position. With the switch in this posi-tion, the interval between wipes can bevaried from approximately 1 to 18 sec-onds by turning the interval adjusterbarrel.

HTB020A

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM64

Page 77: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 65

B380A01HP-AAT

REAR WINDOW DEFROSTERSWITCH

The rear window defroster is turned onby pushing in on the switch. To turn thedefroster off, push in on the switch asecond time. The rear window de-froster automatically turns itself off af-ter about 20 minutes. To restart thedefroster cycle, push in on the switchagain after it has turned itself off.

HTB039

CAUTION:Do not clean the inner side of therear window glass with an abrasivetype of glass cleaner or use a scraperto remove foreign deposits fromthe inner surface of the glass asthis may cause damage to the de-froster elements.

NOTE:The engine must be running for therear window defroster to operate.

!

HTB2030

B360B01FC-GAT

FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH(If Installed)

To turn on the front fog lights, push theswitch in the "ON" position. They willcome on when the headlight switch isin the first or second position.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:36 AM65

Page 78: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 66 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B420A02A-AAT

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

For the cigarette lighter to work, the keymust be in the "ACC" position or the"ON" position.To use the cigarette lighter, push it allthe way into its socket. When the ele-ment has heated, the lighter will popout to the "ready" position.Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressedin. This can damage the heating ele-ment and create a fire hazard.If it is necessary to replace the ciga-rette lighter, use only a genuine Hyundaireplacement or its approved equivalent.

HHR2098A

B400A01A-AAT

DIGITAL CLOCK

HTB2033

There are three control buttons for thedigital clock. Their functions are:

HOUR -Push "H" to advance the hourindicated.

MIN -Push "M" to advance theminute indicated.

RESET - Push "R" to reset minutes to":00" to facilitate resetting theclock to the correct time.When this is done:

Pressing "R" between 10 : 30 and 11 :29 changes the readout to 11 : 00.Pressing "R" between 11 : 30 and 12 :29 changes the readout to 12 : 00.

B360A01Y-GAT

REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH(If Installed)

To turn on the rear fog lights, push theswitch. They will come on when theheadlight switch is in the second posi-tion and the key is in the "ON" position.

B360A01TB

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM66

Page 79: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 67

CAUTION:Do not use electric accessories orequipment other than the Hyundaigenuine parts in the socket.

!

B500D01TG-GAT

POWER OUTLET (If installed)

B500D01TB

These supply 12V electric power tooperate electric accessories or equip-ment only when the key is in the "ON"or "ACC" position.

! CAUTION:o Use when the engine is running

and remove a plug from the poweroutlet after using the electric ap-pliance. Using when the enginestops or remaining the electricappliance with plugged in for manyhours may cause the battery to bedischarged.

o Do not use the power outlet toconnect electric accessories orequipment other than those de-signed to operate on 12 volts.

o Some electronic devices can causeelectronic interference whenplugged into the power outlet.These devices may cause exces-sive audio noise and malfunctionsin other electronic systems or de-vices used in your vehicle.

The front ashtray may be opened bypulling it up by its top edge. To closethe ashtray cover firmly, let the lid gripprotrude outside. To remove the ash-tray to empty or clean it, pull the coverup all the way out.Either holder can be a drink holder or aashtray holder.

B430A01TB-GAT

FRONT ASHTRAY

HTB2036

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM67

Page 80: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 68 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B340G01S-GAT

HEADLIGHT LEVELING DEVICESYSTEM (If Installed)

To adjust the headlight beam level ac-cording to the number of the passen-gers and the loading weight in the lug-gage area, turn the beam leveling switch.The higher the number of the switchposition, the lower the headlight beamlevel. Always keep the headlight beamat the proper leveling position, or head-lights may dazzle other road users.Listed below are the examples of properswitch settings. For loading conditionsother than those listed below, adjustthe switch position so that the beamlevel may be the nearest as the condi-tion obtained according to the list.

HTB181

Front side

B450A01TB-GAT

DRINK HOLDER (If Installed)

The drink holder is used for holdingcups or cans.Either holder can be a drink holder or aashtray holder.

HTB105

Rear side

B455A01TB-GAT

CONSOLE TRAY

There is multipurpose receipts to ac-cept pens or CD case in the consoletray.

HTB2037

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM68

Page 81: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 69

B460A01Y-AAT

SUNROOF (If installed)Sun Shade

Your HYUNDAI is equipped with asliding sunshade which you can manu-ally adjust to let in light with the sunroofclosed, or to block sunlight.

Loading conditionSwitch

position

Driver only

Driver + front passenger

Full passengers (including

driver)

Full passengers (including

driver) + full trunk loading

(or light trailer loading)

Driver + full trunk loading

(or maximum trailer loading)

0

1

2

3

0

B470A01FC

WARNING:Never adjust the sunshade whiledriving.

!

B460B01GK-GAT

Opening the Sunroof System

The sunroof can be electrically openedor closed with the ignition key in the"ON" position. The sunroof is moved toits fully open position by pushing the"Open" switch, and to stop at the de-sired position, push in any switches(Open, Close, Up, Down). To close,press and hold the "CLOSE" button.Release the button when the sunroofreaches the desired position.

HFC2021

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM69

Page 82: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 70 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B460D02TB-AAT

Manual Operation of SunroofIf the sunroof does not electrically op-erate:

HGK032

1. Remove the cap located in the rearroof panel by using a screw driver.

HFC2022

B460C01GK-GAT

Tilting the Sunroof System

The sunroof is moved to its fully tilt upposition by pushing the "UP" switch,and to stop at the desired position,push in any switches (Open, Close,Up, Down).To tilt down, press and hold the"DOWN" button. Release the buttonwhen the sunroof reaches the desiredposition.

NOTE:After washing the car or after thereis rain, be sure to wipe off any waterthat is on the sunroof before oper-ating it.

WARNING:o Do not close a sunroof if anyone’s

hands, arms or body are betweenthe sliding glass and the sunroofsash, as this could result in in-jury.

o Do not place your head or armsout of the sunroof opening at anytime.

CAUTION:o Do not open the sunroof in se-

verely cold temperature or whenit is covered with ice or snow.

o Periodically remove any dirt thatmay have accumulated on theguide rails.

!

!

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM70

Page 83: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 71

2. Insert the hexagonal head wrenchprovided with the vehicle into thesocket. This wrench can be found inthe vehicle’s tailgate or glove box.

3. Turn the wrench counterclockwiseto open or clockwise to close thesunroof.

HGK033

B460E01TB-GAT

Resetting the Sunroof SystemIf the battery has been recharged,disconnected, if the sunroof is oper-ated with the hexagonal head wrenchmanually, or if the sunroof operation isstopped by that ignition key is turned tothe "OFF" position while it is moving,you may need to reset the sunroof.

To do this;1. Turn the ignition switch "OFF".2. With pressing "open" "up" button at

the same time, turn the ignitionswitch "ON".

3. If the sunroof is set like this, thesunroof is reset with tilting up/downautomatically once for all.

! CAUTION:If the sunroof is not reset, it may notbe operated properly.

With Sunroof

B480A01E-AAT

FRONT INTERIOR LIGHTMap Light

The two map light switches are locatedon both sides of the front overheadconsole. Push in the map light switchto turn the light on or off. This lightproduces a spot beam for convenientuse as a map light at night or as apersonal light for the driver and thepassenger.

Without Sunroof

HTB050

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM71

Page 84: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 72 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

HTB102

B491A01TB-GAT

SPECTACLE CASE (If Installed)

The spectacle case is located on thedriver side of roof trim.Pull the end of the cover to open thespectacle case.

The interior courtesy light has a buttonof three positions. The three positionsare:

o DRType AIn the "DR" position, the interior cour-tesy light comes on when any door isopened regardless of the ignition keyposition. The light goes out when thedoor is closed.

B490A01TB-AAT

INTERIOR LIGHT

HTB303

With Sunroof Without sunroof

Type BIn the "DR" position, the interior cour-tesy light comes on when any door isopened regardless of the ignition keyposition. The light goes out gradually 6seconds after the door is closed.

o ONIn the "ON" position, the light stays onat all times.

o OFFIn the "OFF" position, the light stays offat all times even though a door is open.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM72

Page 85: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 73

B500A01A-AAT

GLOVE BOX

HTB101

WARNING:Do not keep objects such as sharpor unsuitable things inside the spec-tacle case. Such objects can bethrown out in the event of a suddenstop or an accident, possibly injur-ing the passengers in the vehicle.

! WARNING:To avoid the possibility of injury incase of an accident or a suddenstop, the glove box door should bekept closed when the car is in mo-tion.

o To open the glove box, pull on theglove box release lever.

!

B500B01O-AAT

Illuminated Glove Box

Opening the glove box will automati-cally turn on the light when the multi-function switch is turned to the first/second position.

B510A01A-AAT

OUTSIDE REAR VIEW MIRRORManual Type (If installed)

The outside rearview mirrors areequipped with a remote control foryour convenience. It is operated by thecontrol lever in the bottom front cornerof the window.Before driving away, always checkthat your mirrors are positioned so youcan see behind you, both to the left andright sides, as well as directly behindyour vehicle. When using the mirror,always exercise caution when attempt-ing to judge the distance of vehiclesbehind or along side of you.

HTB306

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM73

Page 86: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 74 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

To adjust the position of eithermirror:

1. Move the selecting switch to theright or left to activate the adjustablemechanism for the correspondingdoor mirror.

2. Now, adjust mirror angle by de-pressing the appropriate perimeterswitch as illustrated.

HTB213

B510B01FC-GAT

Electric Type (If installed)

The outside rearview mirrors can beadjusted to your preferred rear vision,both directly behind the vehicle, and tothe rear of the left and right sides.The remote control outside rearviewmirror switch controls the adjustmentsfor both right and left outside mirrors.

HTB104

CAUTION:If the mirror control is jammed withice, do not attempt to break it freeusing the control handle or by ma-nipulating the face of the mirror.Use an approved spray de-icer (notradiator antifreeze) to release thefrozen mechanism or move the ve-hicle to a warm place and allow theice to melt.

!

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM74

Page 87: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 75

CAUTION:o Do not operate the switch con-

tinuously for an unnecessarylength of time.

o Scraping ice from the mirror facecould cause permanent damage.To remove any ice, use a sponge,soft cloth or approved de-icer.

WARNING:Be careful when judging the size ordistance of any object seen in thepassenger side rear view mirror. Itis a convex mirror with a curvedsurface. Any objects seen in thismirror are closer than they appear.

!

!

B510D01HP-AAT

OUTSIDE REARVIEW MIRRORHEATER (If Installed)

The outside rearview mirror heater isactuated in connection with the rearwindow defroster. To heat the outsiderearview mirror glass, push in the switchfor the rear window defroster. Therearview mirror glass will be heated fordefrosting or defogging and will giveyou improved rear vision in inclementweather conditions. Push the switchagain to turn the heater off. The out-side rearview mirror heater automati-cally turns itself off after 20 minutes.

B510C01A-AAT

FOLDING THE OUTSIDE REAR-VIEW MIRRORS

To fold the outside rearview mirrors,push them towards the rear.The outside rearview mirrors can befolded rearward for parking in narrowareas.

HTB039 HTB205

WARNING:Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehicleis moving. This could result in lossof control, and an accident whichcould cause death, serious injuryor property damage.

!

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM75

Page 88: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 76 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

Always engage the parking brake be-fore leaving the car. This also turns onthe parking brake indicator light whenthe key is in the "ON" or "START"position. Before driving away, be surethat the parking brake is fully releasedand the indicator light is off.

o To engage the parking brake, pullthe lever up as far as possible.

o To release the parking brake, pullup the lever and press the thumbbutton. Then, while holding the but-ton in, lower the brake lever.

B530A01A-AAT

PARKING BRAKEB550A01S-GAT

HIGH-MOUNTED REAR STOPLIGHT (If Installed)

In addition to the lower-mounted rearstop lights on either side of the car, thehigh mounted rear stop light in thecenter of the rear window or inserted inthe rear spoiler also lights when thebrakes are applied.

HTB3024

B550A01TB

B520A01A-AAT

DAY/NIGHT INSIDE REARVIEWMIRROR

Your Hyundai is equipped with a day/night inside rearview mirror. The "night"position is selected by flipping the tabat the bottom of the mirror toward you.In the "night" position, the glare ofheadlights of cars behind you is re-duced.

HTB103

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM76

Page 89: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 77

B570A03A-GAT

HOOD RELEASE

HTB070

1. Pull the release knob to unlatch thehood.

HTB2003

2. Push the secondary latch lever tothe left and lift the hood.

WARNING:o Always double check to be sure

that the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If it is notlatched, the hood could fly openwhile the vehicle is being driven,causing a total loss of visibility,which might result in an acci-dent.

o The support rod must be insertedcompletely into the hole providedin the hood whenever you in-spect the engine compartment.This will prevent the hood fromfalling and possibly injuring you.

Before closing the hood, return thesupport rod to its clip to prevent it fromrattling. Lower the hood until it is about30 cm (1 ft.) above the closed positionand let it drop. Make sure that it locksinto place.

!

!

3. Pull the support rod from the hood.

HTB308

4. Hold the hood open with the supportrod.

CAUTION:Make sure that the support rod hasbeen released prior to closing thehood.

HTB288

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM77

Page 90: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 78 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

NOTE:If the fuel-filler lid will not openbecause ice has formed around it,tap lightly or push on the lid tobreak the ice and release the lid. Donot pry on the lid. If necessary, sprayaround the lid with an approved de-icer fluid (do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a warmplace and allow the ice to melt.

HTB068

! WARNING:o Gasoline vapors are dangerous.

Before refueling, always stop theengine and never allow sparks oropen flames near the filler area. Ifyou need to replace the filler cap,use a genuine Hyundai replace-ment part.If you open the fuel filler cap dur-ing high ambient temperatures, aslight "pressure sound" may beheard. This is normal and not acause for concern.Whenever you open the fuel fillercap, turn it slowly.

o Automotive fuels are flammable/explosive materials. When refuel-ing, please note the followingguidelines carefully.

o Before touching the fuel nozzle orfuel filler cap, have one's hands incontact with metal parts away fromthe filler neck to discharge staticelectricity.

B560A02A-AAT

REMOTE FUEL-FILLER LID RE-LEASE

The fuel-filler lid may be opened frominside the vehicle by pulling up on thefuel-filler lid opener located on the frontfloor area on the left side of the car.

o Do not move the vehicle with thehood in the raised position, asvision is obstructed and the hoodcould fall or be damaged.

HTB115

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM78

Page 91: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 79

B540A01FC-GAT

TAIL GATE

HTB067

o Do not get back in the vehiclewhile refueling. Do not operateanything that can produce staticelectricity. Static electricity dis-charge can ignite fuel vapors re-sulting in explosion.

o When using a portable fuel con-tainer be sure to place the con-tainer on the ground while refuel-ing. Static electricity dischargefrom the container can ignite fuelvapors causing a fire. While start-ing refueling contact should bemaintained until the filling is com-plete.

o Do not use cellular phones arounda gas station. The electric currentor electronic interference fromcellular phones can ignite fuelvapors causing a fire.

o When refueling always shut theengine off. Sparks by electricalequipment of the engine can ig-nite fuel vapors causing a fire.After refueling, check to make surethe fuel filler cap is securely closed,and then start the engine.

o Do not smoke or try to light ciga-rettes around a gas station. Auto-motive fuels are flammable.

WARNING:The tail gate should always be keptcompletely closed while the vehicleis in motion. If it is left open or ajar,poisonous exhaust gases may en-ter the car resulting in serious ill-ness or death to the occupants. Seeadditional warnings concerning ex-haust gases on page 2-2.

!

o The tail gate can be locked or un-locked with a key.

o The tail gate is opened by pulling theoutside handle up, raising the tailgate manually.

o To close, lower the tail gate, thenpress down on it until it is closed. Tobe sure the tail gate is fully closed,always try to pull it up again withoutusing the outside handle.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM79

Page 92: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 80 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

HTB2039

B545A01TB-GAT

HOW TO USE LUGGAGE ROOM

B650A01FC-GAT

Cargo Area Cover (If installed)

Nothing should be carried on top of theluggage cover. Loose materials couldresult in injury to vehicle occupantsduring sudden braking.

!

B540B01TB-GAT

SEAT POCKET (If installed)

Seat side pocket is located on the frontpassenger seat to accept scratch pa-per and so on.There are seatback pockets on thebackside of the front seats (If installed)

HTB298

The seatback holder are fitted on thefront passenger's seatback to hang ashopping bag and so on. When not inuse, return it to the original position.

HTB279

B540A02TB-GAT

SEATBACK HOLDER

! CAUTIONo Do not hang a bag beyond 3 kg. It

may cause damage to the seatbackholder.

o Return it to the original positionafter using the seatback holder.

WARNING:Do not use when the passenger (es-pecially the child) is in the rear seat,as the seatback holder could resultin serious injury to the passenger inthe event of an accident or suddenstop.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM80

Page 93: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 81

B545B01TB-GAT

Luggage Under Tray (If installed)

There is a multipurpose receipt spaceunder the luggage room mat.

HTB295

HTB296

Mat hanger

Luggage Side Trim

HTB2038

There are multipurpose receipts to ac-cept small commodities in the luggageside trim.

Before use the luggage under tray,hang the luggage room mat to the mathanger. Mat hanger is located beneaththe center of the cargo area cover.

CAUTION:Should install the luggage undertray on the spare tire. Unless, it maycause transformation of the luggageroom mat.

!

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM81

Page 94: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 82 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

CAUTION:o When you want to enlarge the

cargo space, remove the luggageboard from the luggage boardsupporter after folding the rearseat.

o Do not load cargo beyond 30kg.It may cause damage to the lug-gage board.

HTB301

!

!

B545C01TB-GAT

Luggage Board (If installed)

HTB299

For greater convenience, your Hyundaican devide the cargo space with theluggage board. Fix the luggage boardto the luggage board supporter. Foldthe board to pull the grip upward andpush forward.

LuggageBoardSupporter

B540D02FC-GAT

Luggage Net (If Installed)

Some objects can be kept in the net inthe luggage compartment.Use the luggage net on the floor or atthe back of the luggage compartmentto prevent objects from sliding.

HTB289

! WARNING:Avoid eye injury. DO NOT over-stretch. ALWAYS keep face and bodyout of recoil path. DO NOT use whenstrap has visible signs of wear ordamage.

CAUTION:To prevent damage to the goods orthe vehicle, care should be takenwhen carrying fragile or bulky ob-jects in the luggage compartment.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM82

Page 95: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 83

B560B01O-GAT

AUTO FUEL CUT SWITCH(Gasoline Engine) (If installed)

The auto fuel cut switch is located onthe driver's side of the engine compart-ment.In the event of a collision or suddenimpact, the auto fuel cut device cuts offthe fuel supply. If this device is acti-vated, it must be reset by pressing inon the top of the switch before theengine can be restarted.

HTB304

! WARNING:Before resetting the auto fuel cutswitch, the fuel line should bechecked for fuel leaks.

o To use the luggage board withunfolding, fix it in the luggageboard supporter. There will be anaudible "Click" when the luggageboard fixes in the supporter.

o The luggage board can be thrownout in the event of a sudden stopor an accident. Unfold the lug-gage board stablely to preventcargo damage.

HTB302

HTB098

B580A01TB-GAT

SUN VISOR

HTB148

A Type

B Type

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM83

Page 96: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 84 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B610B01A-GAT

HORN

Press the center hub of the steeringwheel to sound the horn.

B240B01TB

B600A01A-AAT

STEERING WHEEL TILT LEVER(If Installed)To Adjust the Steering Wheel:

B600A01TB

1. Push the lever downward to unlock.2. Raise or lower the steering wheel to

the desired position.3. After adjustment, securely tighten

the lever by pulling it upward.

! WARNING:Do not attempt to adjust the steer-ing wheel while driving as this mayresult in loss of control of the ve-hicle which may cause serious in-jury or death.

Your Hyundai is equipped with sunvisors to give the driver and front pas-senger either frontal or side ward shade.The sun visors are fitted on both sideson all models. To reduce glare or toshut out direct rays of the sun, turn thesun visor down to block the annoy-ance. A ticket holder is provided on theback of the sun visor for the driver.Vanity mirrors are provided on theback of the sunvisor for the driver andthe front passenger (If installed).

NOTE:The Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem (SRS) label containing usefulinformation can be found on thefront of each sun visor.

WARNING:Do not place the sun visor in sucha manner that it obscures visibilityof the roadway, traffic or other ob-jects.

!

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM84

Page 97: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 85

Press the SEEK switch 1 sec. or more.

1. RADIO mode

When the upper SEEK switch is pressed,the unit will automatically tune to thenext higher frequency and when thelower SEEK switch is pressed, it willautomatically tune to the next lowerfrequency.

MODE Switch

Press the MODE switch to select Ra-dio, Tape, CD (Compact Disc).Each press of the switch changes thedisplay as follows:

RADIO (FM1 → FM2 →AM) → TAPE → CD

SEEK Switch

B610A01TB-GAT

AUDIO REMOTE CONTROLSWITCH(If Installed)

The steering wheel audio remote con-trol switch is installed to promote safedriving.

NOTE:Do not operate audio remote controlswitches simultaneously.

B610A01TB

2. TAPE mode

o Pressing the upper SEEK switch willplay the beginning of the next musicsegment.

o Pressing the lower SEEK switch willstart replay at the beginning of themusic just listened to.

3. CD (Compact Disc) mode

o Press the upper SEEK switch onceto skip forward to the beginning of thenext track.

o Press the lower SEEK switch onceto skip back to the beginning of thetrack.

VOL Switch

o Press the upper VOL switch to in-crease volume.

o Press the lower VOL switch to de-cease volume.

TBENG_1A.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM85

Page 98: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 86 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B710A01TB-GAT

HEATING AND COOLING CONTROL (If Installed)

B710A01TB

1. Side defrost nozzle2. Side Ventilator3. Windshield Defrost Ventilator4. Center Ventilator

B710B01A-AAT

Center Ventilator

The center ventilators are located inthe middle of the dashboard.To change the direction of the air flow,turn the control knob on the middle ofthe ventilator as desired.

B710A01S-AAT

VENTILATION

To operate the ventilation system:

o Set the air intake control to "Fresh"mode( ).

o To direct all intake air to the dash-board vents, set the air flow controlto "Face".

o Adjust the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

o Set the temperature control between"Cool" and "Warm".

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM86

Page 99: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 87

HTB033

1 2 3

4 HTB034

B670A01TB-GAT

HEATING AND VENTILATION(If Installed)

1. Temperature control switch2. Fan speed control switch3. Air flow control switch4. Air conditioning switch5. Air intake control switch6. Rear window defroster switch

B670B01A-AAT

Fan Speed Control(Blower Control)

This is used to turn the blower fan onor off and to select the fan speed.This blower fan speed, and thereforethe volume of air delivered from thesystem, may be controlled manuallyby setting the blower control betweenthe "1" and "4" positions.

B710C01Y-AAT

Side Ventilator

The side vent knobs control the amountof outside air entering the vehiclethrough the side vents. These ventscan also be closed, so no air entersthrough the side vents. To change thedirection of the air flow, turn the controlknobs as desired.

5 6

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM87

Page 100: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 88 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B670C02A-AAT

Air Intake Control

This is used to select fresh outside airor recirculation inside air.

FreshRecirculation

With the " " mode selected, airenters the vehicle from outside and isheated or cooled according to the otherfunctions selected.With the " " mode selected, air fromwithin the passenger compartment isdrawn through the heating system andheated or cooled according to the otherfunctions selected.

HTB036

NOTE:It should be noted that prolongedoperation of the heating system in" " mode will give rise to mistingof the windshield and side win-dows and the air within the passen-ger compartment will become stale.In addition prolonged use of the airconditioning with the " " modeselected may result in the air withinthe passenger compartment becom-ing excessively dry.

B670D01TB-AAT

Air Flow Control

This is used to direct the flow of air. Aircan be directed to the floor, dashboardoutlets, or windshield. Five symbolsare used to represent Face, Bi-Level,Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost airposition.

HTB038

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM88

Page 101: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 89

B670D01TB

Face-LevelSelecting the "Face" mode will causeair to be discharged through the facelevel vents.

Bi-LevelAir is discharged through the face ventsand the floor vents. This makes itpossible to have cooler air from thedashboard vents and warmer air fromthe floor outlets at the same time.

B670D02TB

Floor-LevelAir is discharged through the floorvents, windshield defroster nozzle, sidedefroster nozzle, side ventilator.

B670D03TB

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM89

Page 102: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 90 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B670E02A-AAT

Temperature Control

Cool WarmFloor-Defrost Level

Air is discharged through the wind-shield defrost nozzle, the floor vents,side defroster nozzle, side ventilator.

Defrost-LevelAir is discharged through the wind-shield defrost nozzle, side defrosternozzle, side ventilator.

B670D04TB B670D05TB

This control is used to adjust the degreeof heating or cooling desired.

HTB035

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM90

Page 103: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 91

B700A01A-AAT

BI-LEVEL HEATING

Your Hyundai is equipped with bi-levelheating controls. This makes it pos-sible to have cooler air from the dash-board vents and warmer air from thefloor outlets at the same time. To usethis feature:

o Set the air intake control to the freshair ( ) position.

o Set the air flow control at the bi-level( ) position.

o Set the temperature control between"Cool" and "Warm".

B690A01A-AAT

HEATING CONTROLS

For normal heating operation, set theair intake control to the fresh air ( )position and the air flow control to thefloor ( ) position.For faster heating, the air intake con-trol should be set in the recirculate( ) position.If the windows fog up, set the air flowcontrol to the defrost ( ) position andthe air intake control to the fresh air( ) position.For maximum heat, move the tem-perature control to "Warm".

B720A01TB-GAT

DEFROSTING/DEFOGGING

HTB045

Use the heating/ventilation system todefrost or defog the windshield:

To remove interior fog on thewindshield:o Set the air intake control to the fresh

air ( ) position.o Set the air flow control to the defrost

( ) position.o For more rapid action, turn on the air

conditioning.o Set the temperature control to the

desired position.o Set the fan speed control between

"1" and "4" position.

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM91

Page 104: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 92 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B740A01A-AAT

AIR CONDITIONING SWITCH(If Installed)

B730A01FC-GAT

Operation Tips

o To keep dust or unpleasant fumesfrom entering the car through theventilation system, temporarily setthe air intake control at "Recircula-tion". Be sure to return the control to"Fresh" when the irritation haspassed to keep fresh air in the ve-hicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

o Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles justahead of the windshield. Care shouldbe taken that these are not blockedby leaves, snow, ice or other ob-structions.

o To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control tothe fresh air ( ) position and fanspeed to the desired position.

To remove the frost or exteriorfog on the windshield:

o Set the air intake control to the fresh( ) position.

o Set the air flow control to the defrost( ) position

o Set the temperature control to warm.o Set the fan speed control to position

"3" or "4".

NOTE:When the A/C is operated continu-ously on the floor-defrost level ( )or defrost level ( ), it may causefog to form on the exterior wind-shield. If this occurs, set the airflow control to the face level posi-tion ( ) and fan speed control tothe low position.

The air conditioning is turned on bypushing the A/C button on the heating/air conditioning control panel.

HTB037

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM92

Page 105: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 93

B740B02A-AAT

AIR CONDITIONING OPERA-TION (Cooling)

B740C01A-AAT

De-Humidified Heating

To use the air conditioning to cool theinterior:

o Turn on the fan control switch (2).o Turn on the air conditioning switch

(4) by pushing in on the switch.The air conditioning indicator lightshould come on at the same time.

o Set the air intake control to theposition (5).

o Set the temperature control (1) to"Cool". ("Cool" provides maximumcooling. The temperature may bemoderated by moving the controltoward "Warm".)

HTB046

o Adjust the fan control (2) to thedesired speed. For greater cooling,turn the fan control to one of thehigher speeds or temporarily selectthe position on the air intakecontrol.

For dehumidified heating:o Turn on the fan control switch (2).o Turn on the air conditioning switch

(4). The air conditioning indicatorlight should come on at the sametime.

o Set the air intake control (5) to thefresh air ( ) position.

o Set the air flow control (3) to the face( ) position.

o Adjust the fan control (2) to thedesired speed.

o For more rapid action, set the fan atone of the higher speeds.

o Adjust the temperature control (1)to provide the desired amount ofwarmth.

(1) (2) (3)

(4) (5)

HTB046

(1) (2) (3)

(4) (5)

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM93

Page 106: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 94 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

!

B760A01Y

The air conditioner filter is located infront of the evaporator unit behind theglove box.It operates to decrease the amount ofpollutants from entering the car.To replace the air conditioner filter, referto the page 6-23.

B760A03TB-GAT

AIR CONDITIONER FILTER(In Front of evaporator unit)(If Installed)

B740D01A-AAT

Operation Tips

o If the interior of the car is hot whenyou first get in, open the windows fora few minutes to expel the hot air.

o When you are using the air condi-tioning system, keep all windowsclosed to keep hot air out.

o When moving slowly, as in heavytraffic, shift to a lower gear. Thisincreases engine speed, which inturn increases the speed of the airconditioning compressor.

o On steep grades, turn the air condi-tioning off to avoid the possibility ofthe engine over-heating.

o During winter months or in periodswhen the air conditioning is not usedregularly, run the air conditioningonce every month for a few min-utes. This will help circulate thelubricants and keep your system inpeak operating condition.

Inside ofa vehicle

Evaporator coreFilter

Blower

Outside air

Inside air

CAUTION:o Replace the filter every 15,000 km

(10,000 miles) or once a year. If thecar is being driven in severe con-ditions such as dusty, roughroads, more frequent air condi-tioner filter inspections andchanges are required.

o When the air flow rate is suddenlydecreased, it must be checked atan authorized dealer.

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM94

Page 107: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 95

Ionosphere

B750A02L

AM receptionMountains

Buildings

Unobstructedarea

FM radio station

B750A03L

Ionosphere FM reception

B750A01L

Obstructed area Iron bridges

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequency and do not bend to followthe earth's surface. Because of this,FM broadcasts generally begin to fadeat short distances from the station.Also, FM signals are easily affected bybuildings, mountains, or other obstruc-tions. These can result in certain lis-tening conditions which might lead youto believe a problem exists with yourradio. The following conditions arenormal and do not indicate radio trouble:

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broadcasts.This is because AM radio waves aretransmitted at low frequency. Theselong, low frequency radio waves canfollow the curvature of the earth ratherthan travelling straight out into theatmosphere. In addition, they curvearound obstructions so that they canprovide better signal coverage.

B750A02A-AAT

STEREO SOUND SYSTEMHow Car Audio Works

AM and FM radio signals are broad-cast from transmitter towers locatedaround your city. They are interceptedby the radio antenna on your car. Thissignal is then received by the radio andsent to your car speakers.When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineeringof your audio system ensures highquality reproduction. However, in somecases the signal coming to your ve-hicle is not strong and clear. This canbe due to factors such as the distancefrom the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-

ence of buildings, bridges or otherlarge obstructions in the area.

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM95

Page 108: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 96 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

B750A04L B750A05L

o Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerfulsignal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto theclearest signal. If this occurs, selectanother station with a stronger sig-nal.

o Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio sig-nals being received from severaldirections can cause distortion orfluttering. This can be caused by adirect and reflected signal from thesame station, or by signals from twostations with close frequencies. Ifthis occurs, select another stationuntil the condition has passed.

o Fading - As your car moves awayfrom the radio station, the signal willweaken and sound will begin tofade. When this occurs, we suggestthat you select another stronger sta-tion.

o Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between thetransmitter and your radio can dis-turb the signal causing static or flut-tering noises to occur. Reducing thetreble level may lessen this effectuntil the disturbance clears.

B750B02Y-AAT

Using a cellular phone or a two-way radio

When a cellular phone is used insidethe vehicle, noise may be producedfrom the audio equipment. This doesnot mean that something is wrong withthe audio equipment. In such a case,use the cellular phone at a place as faras possible from the audio equipment.

!

! CAUTION:When using a communication sys-tem such a cellular phone or a radioset inside the vehicle, a separateexternal antenna must be fitted.When a cellular phone or a radio setis used with an internal antennaalone, it may interfere with thevehicle's electrical system and ad-versely affect safe operation of thevehicle.

WARNING:Don't use a cellular phone whenyou are driving, you must stop at asafe place to use a cellular phone.

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM96

Page 109: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 97

K210A01TB-GAT

STEREO RADIO OPERATION (K220) (If installed)

K220A01TB

1. Power ON/OFF, VOLUME, BALANCE, SCAN Button2. BASS/TREBLE-pull Button3. Preset Buttons

4. LCD5. TUNE/SEEK Button6. FM/AM Button7. FADER Button

1 2 3 4

5 6

7

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM97

Page 110: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 98 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

5. TUNE

Press the button not more than 1second then frequency is increased.Likewise press the button not morethan 1 second to decrease the fre-quency.

o SEEK

Press the button for over 1 second,then it will tune to the next receivablehigher frequency station. Likewise,press the button for over 1 secondthen it will tune to the next receivablelower frequency station.If the selectedstation is in the preset memory, memo-rized channel will be on the display too.

6. FM/AM Button

FM/AM band button, which is used tochange the band repeatedly in follow-ing manner.

FM1→ FM2 → AM → FM1(FM1→ FM2 → M → L → FM1 : Europe)

K210B01TB-GAT

1. POWER ON/OFF, VOLUME

Rotate the Power switch clockwise toturn on the audio when the ignitionswitch is at ACC or ON position. Oncethe system is on, you can increase ordecrease the volume by rotating theknob clockwise or counter-clockwise.

o BALANCE

Further pull the volume button androtate clockwise to emphasize rightsound speaker.Or rotate counter-clockwise to empha-size left sound speaker.

o SCAN Button

When this button is pressed, the fre-quency will be increased to be tuned tothe next receivable station one afteranother, receiving each station for 5seconds. if the desirable station istuned, press this button (scan) againto cancel scan function.

2. BASS/TREBLE-pull

Press this button to pop up. Rotate theknob clockwise to increase the Bassand rotate to counter-clockwise to de-crease the Bass.Further pull the button and rotate clock-wise to increase the Treble.Or rotate counter-clockwise to de-crease the Treble. After adjustmentpress the button.

3. PRESET ( 1 ~ 6 )

Press any of these buttons not morethan 2 seconds to listen to the stationin memory. Press the preset button for2 seconds or more, then the currentstation will be stored into the memoryof the preset button.

4. LCD

LCD shows the following information;band of FM1/FM2/AM/(L)/(M) fre-quency, preset channel number, ST incase of FM Stereo.

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM98

Page 111: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 99

7. Fader (If installed)

This button is located top side of thevolume switch. Rotate clockwise toattenuate front speaker sound. Rotatecounter-clockwise to attenuate rearspeaker sound.

! CAUTION:o Do not place beverages close to

the audio system. The playbackmechanism may be damaged ifyou spill them.

o Do not impact on the audio sys-tem, or the playback mechanismcould be damaged.

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM99

Page 112: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 100 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

K220A01TB-GAT

CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER OPERATION (K220) (If installed)

K220A01TB-1

1.EJECT Button

2.FF/REW Button3.Tape Slot

4.LCD

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM100

Page 113: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 101

K220B01TB-GAT

1. Tape Eject Button ( )

Press this button to eject the cassettetape.

2. Cassette tape loading slot

Insert the tape into the loading slot asthe open side faces the right.

3. FF/REW, tape side selectionButton

Press "REW " button to fast backwardthe tape, Press "FF" button to fastforward the tape.While the cassette is in operation,press these button altogether to playreverse side.

4. LCD

LCD shows the tape direction ( or )of the cassette in play.

! CAUTION:o Do not insert anything like coins

into the player slot as damage tothe unit may occur.

o Do not place beverages close tothe audio system. The playbackmechanism may be damaged ifyou spill them.

o Do not impact on the audio sys-tem, or the playback mechanismcould be damaged.

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM101

Page 114: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 102 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

K240A01TB1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8

K240A01TB-GAT

STEREO RADIO OPERATION (K240) (If installed)

1. Power ON/OFF, VOLUME2. TUNE/SEEK Button3. PRESET Buttons4. SCAN Button

5. BASS/BAL pull Button6. TREB/pull FAD Button7. FM/AM Button8. LCD

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM102

Page 115: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 103

K240B01TB-GAT

1. POWER ON/OFF, VOLUME

Press this button to turn on/off theaudio when the ignition switch is atACC or ON position. Once the systemis on, you can increase or decreasethe volume by rotating the knob clock-wise or counter-clockwise. Press thisbutton again to turn it off.

2. TUNE

Press the button not more than 0.5second then frequency is increased.Likewise press the button not morethan 0.5 second to decrease the fre-quency.With the button held down for 0.5 secor more, the beep sound will be heardand frequency will increase or decreaserapidly. if you release the button afterthe beep sound, seek function is inoperation.

o SEEK

Press the button for over 0.5 secondand release the button after beep sound,then it will tune to the next receivablehigher frequency station. Likewise,press the button for over 0.5 secondand release the button after the beepsound, then it will tune to the nextreceivable lower frequency station. ifthe selected station is in the presetmemory, memorized channel will beon the display too.

3. PRESET

Press any of these buttons not morethan 2 seconds to listen to the stationin memory. Press the preset button for2 seconds or more, then the currentstation will be stored into the memoryof the preset button with the sound.

4. SCAN Button

When this button is pressed, the fre-quency will be increased to be tuned tothe next receivable station one afteranother, receiving each station for 5seconds. if the desirable station istuned, press this button (scan) againto cancel scan function.

5. BASS/BAL- pull

Press to pop the knob out, To increasethe bass, rotate the knob clockwise,while to decrease the Bass, rotate theknob counterclockwise. Further pullthe popped-ed knob for the balancecontrol. Rotate the knob clockwise toemphasize right speaker sound. (Leftspeaker sound will be attenuated)When the control knob is turnedcounter-clockwise, left speaker soundwill be emphasized. (Right speaker willbe attenuated)

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM103

Page 116: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 104 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

6. TREB/pull-FAD

Press the pop the knob out and turnclockwise to increase the treble or coun-terclockwise to decrease the treble.Further pull the popped-up knob for theFader control. Turn the control knobcounter clockwise to emphasize frontspeaker sound.(Rear speaker sound will be attenu-ated) When the control knob is turnedclockwise, rear speaker sound will beemphasized. (Front speaker sound willbe attenuated)

7. FM/AM Button

FM/AM band button, which is used tochange the band repeatedly in thefollowing manner .

FM1→FM2→AM→FM1(FM1→ FM2 → M → L → FM1 : Europe)

8. LCD

LCD shows the following information;band of FM1/FM2/AM frequency, pre-set channel number, ST in case of FMStereo.

! CAUTION:o Do not place beverages close to

the audio system. The playbackmechanism may be damaged ifyou spill them.

o Do not impact on the audio sys-tem, or the playback mechanismcould be damaged.

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM104

Page 117: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 105

K240C01TB-GAT

CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER OPERATION (K240) (If installed)

K240A01TB

1

1. Tape mode and side selection Button2. Tape slot3. Tape Eject Button4. LCD

5. DOLBY Button6. AMS-REW Button7. Rewind (REW) Button8. AMS-FF Button9. Fast Forward (FF) Button

2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM105

Page 118: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 106 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

K240D01TB-GAT

1. Tape mode and side selectionButton

Press this button to play the tape whenit is in the cassette deck. Once the tapemode is selected, you can play thereverse side of the tape by merelydepressing the button again.

2. Cassette tape loading slot

Insert the tape into the loading slot asthe open side faces the right. Theplayer will pull the tape in and auto-matically begin playback even whenthe audio power is off and the ignitionswitch is either in the position of"ACC"or "ON".

3. Tape Eject Button ( )

Press this button to eject the cassettetape. Tape will be ejected even whenthe ignition switch is in the position of"OFF".

4. LCD

LCD shows the operating conditions ofthe cassette in play. It informs thedriver of playing status, tape direction,

FF or REW, MTL in metallic tape use,and Dolby etc.

5. Dolby Button

When you play the Dolby recordedtape, press this button to reduce thebackground noise. If you press thisbutton is displayed. One more presswill let the disappear from the dis-play.

6. AMS-REW Button ( )

Press button to rewind the tape quicklyand start replay at the beginning of thecurrent music. During the AMS-RE-WINDING. "REW" sign blinks on thedisplay.Press the button once more to stopREWINDING and start play again.

7. Rewind button ( )

You can rewind the tape to the begin-ning of the tape by pressing the " "button during the play ("REW" is shownon the display). Tape play starts whenthe " " button is pressed again duringthe REW mode.

8. AMS-FF Button ( )

Press button to fast forward the tapeand start play at the beginning of nextmusic segment. During the AMS-FF,"FF"sign blinks on the display.Press the button again to stop FFaction and start play.

9. Fast Forward Button ( )

You can fast forward the tape to theend of the tape by pressing the " "button during the play. (Then "FF" isshown on the display). Tape play startswhen the button is pressed againduring the FF mode.

! CAUTION:o Do not insert anything like coins

into the player slot as damage tothe unit may occur.

o Do not place beverages close tothe audio system. The playbackmechanism may be damaged ifyou spill them.

o Do not impact on the audio sys-tem, or the playback mechanismcould be damaged.

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM106

Page 119: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 107

HMP280A01TB-GAT

STEREO RADIO OPERATION (M280) (If installed)

1

2

5

3

4

6

7

8

1. POWER ON-OFF VOLUME Control Knob2. BAND Selector3. TUNE/SEEK Select Knob (JOY STICK)4. SCAN Button

5. Best Station Memory Button (BSM)6. PRESET Buttons7. Equalizer Button (EQ)8. Adjustment Mode Select Button (A.MODE)

HTB313

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM107

Page 120: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 108 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

!

HMP280B01TB-GAT

1. POWER ON-OFF Control

o The radio unit may be operated whenthe ignition key is in the "ACC" or"ON" position. Press the button toswitch the power on. The displayshows the radio frequency in theradio mode, the tape direction indi-cator in the tape mode or CDˆMP3track in either the CDˆMP3 mode orCD AUTO CHANGER mode. Toswitch the power off, press the but-ton again.

o Push the FMˆAM, TAPE or CDˆMP3to turn on that function without push-ing Power ONˆOFF control knob.

VOLUME Control

Rotate the knob clockwise to increasethe volume and turn the knob counter-clockwise to reduce the volume.

2. BAND Selector

Pressing the band selector FMˆAMchanges the AM, FM1 and FM2 bands.The mode selected is shown on thedisplay.

3. TUNE (Manual) Select Knob

Push the TUNE select knob (JOYSTICK) upwards or downwards to in-crease or decrease the frequency. Re-lease the knob when the station isselected.

SEEK Operation(Automatic Channel Selection)

Push the TUNE select knob (JOYSTICK) to the right or left, the frequencywill be automatically tuned to the nexthigher or lower available station.

4. SCAN

When the scan button is pressed, thefrequency will increase and the receiv-able stations will be tuned in one afteranother, receiving each station for 5seconds. To stop scanning, press thescan button again.

5. Best Station Memory (BSM)

When the BSM button is pressed thesix channels from the highest field in-tensity are selected next and stored inmemory. The stations selected arestored in the sequence frequency fromthe first preset key.

6. PRESET STATION SelectButtons

Six (6) stations for AM, FM and FM2respectively can be preset in the elec-tronic memory circuit.

WARNING:Don't touch the button and joy stickswitch while driving. It can causedeath or serious injury in case of anaccident.

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM108

Page 121: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 109

HOW TO PRESET STATIONS

Six AM and twelve FM stations may beprogrammed into the memory of theradio. Then, by simply pressing theband select button and/or one of the sixstation select buttons, you may recallany of these stations instantly. To pro-gram the stations, follow these steps:

o Press band selector to set the bandfor AM, FM and FM2.

o Select the desired station to be storedby seek, scan or manual tuning.

o Determine the preset station selectbutton you wish to use to access thatstation.

o Press the station select button formore than two seconds. Beep soundwill be heard while depressig thebutton. You should then release thebutton, and proceed to program thenext desired station. A total of 18stations can be programmed by se-lecting one AM and two FM stationper button.

o When completed, any preset stationmay be recalled by selecting AM,FM or FM2 band and the appropriatestation button.

CLASSIC → JAZZ → ROCK → DEFEAT

7. EQUALIZER (EQ)

Press the EQ button to select the CLAS-SIC, JAZZ, ROCK and DEFEAT MODEfor the desired tone quality. Each pressof the button changes the display asfollows;

sound will be attenuated) When thecontrol knob is turned counter clock-wise, left speaker sound will be empha-sized (Right speaker sound will be at-tenuated).

TREBLE Control

Turn to the left or right for the desiredtreble tone.

FAD (Fader Control)

Turn the control knob clockwise to em-phasize rear speaker sound (frontspeaker sound will be attenuated). Whenthe control knob is turned counterclock-wise, front speaker sound will be em-phasized (rear speaker sound will beattenuated).

8. Adjustment Mode select But-ton (A.MODE).

Pressing the A.MODE button changesthe BASS, BALANCE, TREBLE andFADER mode.The mode selected is shown on thedisplay.After selecting the each mode, rotatethe volume control knob clockwise orcounterclockwise.

BASS Control

To increase the bass, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the bass,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

BALANCE Control

Rotate the knob clockwise to empha-size right speaker sound. (Left speaker

! CAUTION:o Do not place beverages close to

the audio system. The playbackmechanism may be damaged ifyou spill them.

o Do not impact on the audio sys-tem, or the playback mechanismcould be damaged.

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:45 AM109

Page 122: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 110 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

2

HMP280C01TB-GAT

CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER OPERATION (M280) (If installed)

HTB313

1. FF/REW Button ( / )2. AUTO MUSIC Select Button ( / )3. TAPE PROGRAM Button

13 4

5

4. REFEAT Button5. TAPE EJECT Button6. DOLBY Button

6

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:46 AM110

Page 123: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 111

H290D01O-GAT

1. FF/REW

o Fast forward tape winding startswhen the FF ( ) button is pressedduring PLAY or REW mode.

o Tape PLAY starts when the FF ( )button is pressed again during FFmode.

o Tape rewinding starts when the REW( ) button is pressed during PLAYor FF mode.

o Tape PLAY starts when the REW( ) button pressed again duringREW mode.

2. AUTO MUSIC Select

Press the button to find the startingpoint of each song in a prerecordedmusic tape. The quiet space betweensongs (must have at least 4 sec. gap)can be accepted by the AUTO MUSICSelect button.

o Pressing the button will play thebeginning of the next music seg-ment.

o Pressing the button will startreplay at the beginning of the musicjust listened to.

3. TAPE PROGRAM Button

o This allows you to play the reverseside of the tape by merely depress-ing the program button. An arrow willappear in the display to show tapedirection.

o Push the TAPE button to turn on thatfunction without pushing powerONˆOFF control knob.

4. REPEAT

o To repeat the track you are currentlylistening to, press the RPT button.To cancel, press again.

o If you do not release RPT operationwhen the track ends, it will automati-cally be replayed.This process will be continued untilyou push the button again.

5. Equalizer (EQ)

Press the EQ button to select the CLAS-SIC, JAZZ, ROCK and DEFEAT MODEfor the desired tone quality. Each pressof the button changes the display asfollows;

6. DOLBY

If you get background noise during tapePLAY, you can reduce this consider-ably by merely pressing the DOLBYbutton. If you want to cancel the DOLBYfeature, press the button again.

7. TAPE EJECT

o When the button is pressed witha cassette loaded, the cassette willeject.

o When the button is pressed duringFF/REW mode, the cassette willeject.

NOTE:o To assure proper operation of the

unit, keep the vehicle interior tem-perature within a normal range byusing the vehicle's air condition-ing or heating system.

o When replacing the fuse, replaceit with a fuse having the correctcapacity.

o The preset station frequencies areall erased when the car battery isdisconnected. Therefore, all datawill have to be set again if thisshould occur.CLASSIC → JAZZ → ROCK → DEFEAT

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:46 AM111

Page 124: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 112 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

o Do not add any oil to the rotatingparts. Keep magnets, screwdriv-ers and other metallic objects awayfrom the tape mechanism and head.

o This equipment is designed to beused only in a 12 volt DC batterysystem with negative ground.

o This unit is made of precisionparts. Do not attempt to disas-semble or adjust any parts.

o When driving your vehicle, be sureto keep the volume of the unit setlow enough to allow you to hearsounds coming from the outside.

o Do not expose this equipment (in-cluding the speakers and tape) towater or excessive moisture.

! CAUTION:o Do not insert anything like coins

into the player slot as damage tothe unit may occur.

o Do not place beverages close tothe audio system. The playbackmechanism may be damaged ifyou spill them.

o Do not impact on the audio sys-tem, or the playback mechanismcould be damaged.

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:46 AM112

Page 125: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 113

HMP280E01TB-GAT

COMPACT DISC PLAYER OPERATION (COMPATIBLE WITH MP3/WMA/AAC) (M280) (If installed)

1. AUDIO/MP3 CD Select Button2. FF/REW Button ( / )3. Track UP/DOWN Button ( / )4. RPT Button5. RANDOM Button

6. EQUALIZER Button 7. CD EJECT Button 8. SCAN Button 9. BOOKMARK Button10. JOY STICK11. CD INDICATOR

HTB313

117

3

8 9

5

10

4 1 2

6

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:46 AM113

Page 126: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 114 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

H290F01O-GAT

1. AUDIO/MP3 CD Select Button

o Insert the CD with the label facingupward.

o Insert the CD to start CD playback,during radio operation or cassettetape playing.

o When a disc is in the CD deck, if youpress the CD button the CD playerwill begin playing even if the radio orcassette player is being used.

o The CD player can be used when theignition switch is in either the "ON" or"ACC" position.

o Push the CD˜MP3 button to turn onthat function without pushing PowerON-OFF control knob.

NOTE:o Do not stick paper or tape etc.,

auto the label side or the record-ing side of any discs, as it maycause a malfunction.

o The unit cannot play a CD-R(Recordable CD) and CD-RW(Rewritable CD) that is not fi-nalized. Please refer to the manualof CD-R/CD-RW recoder or CD-R/CD-RW software for more informa-tion on finalization process.

o Depending on the recording sta-tus, some CD-Rs/CD-RWs may notbe played on this unit.

2. FF/REW ( / )

If you want to fast forward or reversethrough the compact disc track, pushand hold the FF ( ) or REW ( )button.When you release the button, the com-pact disc player will resume playing.

3. TRACK UP/DOWN

o The desired track on the disc cur-rently being played can be selectedusing the track number.

o Press button once to skip for-ward to the beginning of the nexttrack. Press button once to skipback to the beginning of the track.

4. REPEAT (RPT)

o To repeat the track you are currentlylistening to, press the RPT button.To cancel, press it again.

o To repeat the music within selectedfolder, press the RPT button for morethan 2 seconds. To cancel, press itagain. (MP3 CD only)

o If you do not release RPT operationwhen the track ends, it will automati-cally be replayed.This process will be continued untilyou push the button again.

5. RANDOM (RDM)

o Press the RDM button to listen thetracks in random, rather than se-quential, order. Press it again tocancel random play.

o To listen the music within the se-lected folder in random order, pressthe RDM button for more than 2seconds. To cancel press it again.(MP3 CD only)

6. EQUALIZER (EQ)

Press the EQ button to select the CLAS-SIC, JAZZ, ROCK and DEFEAT MODEfor the desired tone quality. Each pressof the button changes the display asfollows;

CLASSIC → JAZZ → ROCK → DEFEAT

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:46 AM114

Page 127: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 115

7. CD EJECT

When the button is pressed with aCD loaded, the CD will eject.

8. SCAN

o Press the SCAN button to playbackthe first 10 seconds of each track.

o To playback the first 10 seconds ofeach track in the selected folder,press the SCAN button for 2 sec-onds or longer. (MP3 CD only)

o Press the SCAN button again within10 sec. When you have reached thedesired track.

9. BOOKMARK (MARK)

When the CD player unit is operating,the desired track on the disc can bebookmarked by using the MARK but-ton.

o Press the MARK button to bookmarkthe desired track for more than 2seconds.This will display the "√ " symbol onthe LCD with beep sound.To play the bookmarked tracks,press the MARK button within a sec-ond.

o Press the MARK button to erase thebookmarked tracks for more than 2seconds.This will erase the bookmark and "√"symbol on the LCD with beep sound.

10. JOY STICK (ENT)

o You can skip the track by pushingthe JOY STICK to the left or right.After selecting the desired track,press the JOY STICK to playbackthe track.If you do not press the JOY STICKwithin 5 seconds, the previous trackwill playback again.

o You can move through the folder bypushing the JOYSTICK to up anddown.After moving the desired folder, pressthe JOYSTICK to playback the se-lected track.If you do not press the JOYSTICKwithin 5 seconds, the previous trackwill playback again. (MP3 CD only)

NOTE:o To assure proper operation of the

unit, keep the vehicle interior tem-perature within a normal range byusing the vehicle's air condition-ing or heating system.

o When replacing the fuse, replaceit with a fuse having the correctcapacity.

o The bookmarks are all erased whenthe car battery is disconnected orpower off. Therefore, all data willhave to be set again if this shouldoccur.

o This equipment is designed to beused only in a 12 volt DC batterysystem with negative ground.

o This unit is made of precisionparts. Do not attempt to disas-semble or adjust any parts.

o When driving your vehicle, be sureto keep the volume of the unit setlow enough to allow you to hearsounds coming from the outside.

o Do not expose this equipment (in-cluding the speakers and tape) towater or excessive moisture.

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:46 AM115

Page 128: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 116 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

! CAUTION:o Do not insert warped or poor qual-

ity discs into the CD player asdamage to the unit may occur.

o Do not insert anything like coinsinto the player slot as damage tothe unit may occur.

o Do not place beverages close tothe audio system. The playbackmechanism may be damaged ifyou spill them.

o Do not impact on the audio sys-tem, or the playback mechanismcould be damaged.

o Driving on the off-roads or othervibrations may skip your compactdisc.Do not use the audio system onoff-roads as the discs could bescratched and damaged.

o Do not grip or pull out the discwith your hand while the disc isbeing pulled into the unit by theself loading mechanism. Thesecan cause poor disc scratching tooccur or trouble in the compactdisc player.

o Avoid using CD-Recordable or CD-Rewritable as the player could notbe operated in recording way ofthe CD maker. When using thecompact disc player, genuine CDsare recommended.

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:46 AM116

Page 129: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 117

INDICATION

Er2

Er3

Er6

Er7

Er8

HHH

B890A01TB-GAT

AUDIO FAULT CODE (M280 only)

If you see any error indication in the display while using the CD or Tape mode, find the cause in the chart below. If you cannotclear the error indication, take the car to your Hyundai dealer.

SOLUTION

After resetting the audio, push the eject button.

If disc is not ejected, consult your hyundai dealer.

Make sure the disc is not scratched or damaged.

Press the eject button and pull out the disc.

Then insert a normal cd disc.

Check if the disc is inserted correctly in the cd player.

Check if the disc is inserted correctly in the cd player.

After resetting the audio, push the eject button.

If tape is not ejected, consult your hyundai dealer.

Fault code will reset automatically when the temperature returns to

normal.

CAUSE

CDP DECK MECHANICAL ERROR

(EJECT ERROR, LOADING ERROR)

FOCUS ERROR

DATA READ ERROR

DISC ERROR

LOADING ERROR

TAPE DECK ERROR

TAPE EJECT ERROR

TEMPERATURE IS TOO HIGH

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:46 AM117

Page 130: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 118 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

Storage

When not in use, place your discs intheir individual cases and store them ina cool place away from the sun, heat,and dust.Do not grip or pull out the disc with yourhand while the disc is being pulled intothe unit by the self loading mechanism.

Keep Your Discs Clean

B850A02F-AAT

CARE OF DISCProper Handling

Handle your disc as shown. Do notdrop the disc. Hold the disc so you willnot leave fingerprints on the surface. Ifthe surface is scratched, it may causethe pickup to skip signal tracks. Do notaffix tape, paper, or gummed labels onthe disc. Do not write on the disc.

Damaged Disc

Do not attempt to play damaged,warped or cracked discs. These couldseverely damage the playback mecha-nism.

B850A01L

B850A02L

Fingerprints, dust, or soil on the surfaceof a disc could cause the pickup to skipsignal tracks. Wipe the surface cleanwith a clean soft cloth.If the surface is heavily soiled, dampena clean soft cloth in a solution of mildneutral detergent to wipe it clean. Seedrawing.

B860A01A-AAT

CARE OF CASSETTE TAPES

Proper care of your cassette tapes willextend the tape life and increase yourlistening enjoyment. Always protectyour tapes and cassette cases fromdirect sunlight, severely cold and dustyconditions. When not in use, cassettesshould always be stored in the originalprotective cassette case. When thevehicle is very hot or cold, allow theinterior temperature to become morecomfortable before listening to yourcassettes.

o Never leave a cassette inserted inthe player when not being played.This could damage the tape playerunit and the cassette tape.

B860A01L

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:46 AM118

Page 131: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1- 119

pinch rollers will develop a coating oftape residue that can result in dete-rioration of sound quality, such as awavering sound. They should becleaned monthly using a commer-cially available head cleaning tape orspecial solution available from audiospecialty shops. Follow the supplier'sdirections carefully and never oil anypart of the tape player unit.

o Always be sure that the tape is tightlywound on its reel before inserting inthe player. Rotate a pencil in thedrive sprockets to wind up any slack.

Head

Cotton applicator

B860A01TB

B860A02L

o Be sure that the cassette label is notloose or peeling off or tape ejectionmay be difficult.

o Never touch or soil the actual audiotape surfaces.

o Keep all magnetized objects, suchas electric motors, speakers or trans-formers away from your cassettetapes and tape player unit.

o Store cassettes in a cool, dry placewith the open side facing down toprevent dust from setting in the cas-sette body.

o We strongly recommend against theuse of tapes longer than C-60 (60minutes total). Tapes such as C-120or C-180 are very thin and do notperform as well in the automotiveenvironment.

o Avoid repeated fast reverse usage toreplay one given tune or tape sec-tion. This can cause poor tape wind-ing to occur, and eventually causeexcessive internal drag and pooraudio quality in the cassette. If thisoccurs, it can sometimes be cor-rected by fast winding the tape fromend to end several times. If this doesnot correct the problem, do not con-tinue to use the tape in your vehicle.

o The playback head, capstan and

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:46 AM119

Page 132: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

1- 120 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

HTB2043

B870D01FC-GAT

ANTENNARoof Antenna

Your car uses a roof antenna to receiveboth AM and FM broadcast signals.This antenna is a removable type. Toremove the antenna, turn the antennacounterclockwise. To install the an-tenna, turn the antenna clockwise.

B860A03L

NOTE:Look at a tape before you insert it.If the tape is loose, tighten it byturning one of the hubs with a pencilor your finger.If the label is peeling off, do not putit in the drive mechanism.Do not leave tapes sitting wherethey are exposed to hot, warm, orhigh humidity, such as on top ofthe dashboard or in the player.If a tape is exposed to extreme heator cold, let it reach a moderate tem-perature before putting it in theplayer.

CAUTION:o Be sure to remove the antenna

before washing the car in an au-tomatic car wash or it may bedamaged.

o Before entering a place with alow height clearance, be sure toadjust the roof antenna low.

o When reinstalling your antenna,it is important that it is fully tight-ened to ensure proper reception.

!

Tbeng_1b.p65 6/29/2005, 10:46 AM120

Page 133: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

2. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2

Before starting the engine ................................................................2-3Key position .....................................................................................2-4Starting .............................................................................................2-5Operating the manual transaxle .......................................................2-7Automatic transaxle .........................................................................2-9Good braking practices ..................................................................2-12Anti-Lock brake system (ABS) ......................................................2-13Electronic Stability Program (ESP) ................................................2-14Driving for economy .......................................................................2-15Winter Driving.................................................................................2-16Trailer or vehicle towing .................................................................2-19

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM1

Page 134: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

2- 2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

C010A01O-AAT

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!

Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle,open the windows immediately.

o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and deathby asphyxiation.

o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose.If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath sideof the car, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by your Hyundai dealer.

o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run theengine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only inan open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawninto the interior.

If you must drive with the tail gate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:

1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher

speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front ofthe windshield are kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

!

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM2

Page 135: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2- 3

C020A01O-GAT

BEFORE STARTING THE EN-GINE

Before you start the engine, you shouldalways:

1. Look around the vehicle to be surethere are no flat tires, puddles of oil,water or other indications of pos-sible trouble.

2. After entering the car, check to besure the parking brake is engaged.

3. Check that all windows, and lightsare clean.

4. Check that the interior and exteriormirrors are clean and in position.

5. Check your seat, seatback andheadrest to be sure they are in theirproper positions.

6. Lock all the doors.7. Fasten your seat belt and be sure

that all other occupants have fas-tened theirs.

8. Turn off all lights and accessoriesthat are not needed.

9. When you turn the ignition switch to"ON", check that all appropriatewarning lights are operating andthat you have sufficient fuel.

10.Check the operation of warninglights and all bulbs when key is inthe "ON" position.

! WARNING:(DIESEL ENGINE)

To ensure that sufficient vacuumexists within the brake system dur-ing cold weather start-up condi-tions, it is necessary to run theengine at idle for several secondsafter starting the engine.

C030A01A-GAT

COMBINATION IGNITIONSWITCHTo Start the Engine

o If your Hyundai is equipped with amanual transaxle, place the shiftlever in neutral and depress theclutch pedal fully.

o If your Hyundai has an automatictransaxle, place the shift lever in "P"(park).

o To start the engine, insert the igni-tion key and turn it to the "START"position. Release it as soon as theengine starts. Do not hold the key inthe "START" position for more than15 seconds.

NOTE:For safety, the engine will not startif the shift lever is not in "P" or "N"Position (Automatic transaxle).

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM3

Page 136: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

2- 4 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

C070C01E

C070C01A-AAT

To Remove The Ignition Key

1. Turn the ignition key to the "ACC"position.

2. Simultaneously push and turn theignition key counterclockwise fromthe "ACC" position to the "LOCK"position.

3. The key can be removed in the"LOCK" position.

LOCK

ACC

ON

START

o "START"The engine is started in this position. Itwill crank until you release the key.

NOTE:Do not hold the key in the "START"position for more than 15 seconds.

o "ON"When the key is in the "ON" position,the ignition is on and all accessoriesmay be turned on. If the engine is notrunning, the key should not be left inthe "ON" position. This will dischargethe battery and may also damage theignition system.

o "ACC"With the key in the "ACC" position,some electrical accessories (radio etc.)may be operated.

o "LOCK"The key can be removed or inserted inthis position.To protect against theft, the steeringwheel locks by removing the key.

NOTE:To unlocking the steering wheel,insert the key, and then turn thesteering wheel and key simulta-neously.

C040A01A-AAT

KEY POSITIONS

WARNING:The engine should not be turnedoff or the key removed from theignition key cylinder while the ve-hicle is in motion. The steeringwheel is locked by removing thekey.

C040A01E

LOCK

ACC

ON

START

!

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM4

Page 137: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2- 5

C050A01A-AAT

STARTING

C050A01E

WARNING:Never run the engine in a closed orpoorly ventilated area any longerthan is needed to move your car inor out of the area. The carbon mon-oxide gas emitted is odorless andcan cause serious injury or death.

!

C051A01O-GAT

STARTING FOR THE DIESELENGINE

ENGINE COLDo Turn the ignition key to position

"ON" and wait for the pre-heat indi-cator light to go out.

o Operate the starter until the engineruns.

ENGINE WARMOperate the starter. If the engine doesnot respond on the first attempt, waitseveral seconds and try again usingthe pre-heat.

C050B02S-GAT

NORMAL CONDITIONS

The Starting Procedure:1. Insert key, and fasten the seat belt.2. Depress the clutch pedal fully and

place the gearshift lever (manualtransaxle) in neutral or the selectorlever (automatic transaxle) in "P"(park) position.

3. After turning the ignition key to the"ON" position, make certain all warn-ing lights and gauges are function-ing properly before starting the en-gine.

4. On vehicles equipped with the die-sel preheat indicator light, turn theignition key to the "ON" position.The diesel pre-heat indicator lightwill first illuminate in amber, andthen after a short time, the amberillumination will go off, indicatingthat preheating is completed.

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM5

Page 138: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

2- 6 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

C055B01B-GAT

STARTING AND STOPPING THEENGINE FOR TURBO CHARGERINTERCOOLER (DIESEL EN-GINE)

(1) Do not race the engine or suddenaccelerate the engine immediatelyafter start it. If the engine is cold,allow the engine to idle for severalseconds before it is driven to en-sure sufficient lubrication of theturbo charger unit.

(2) After high speed or extended driv-ing, requiring a heavy engine load,the engine should be allowed to idleabout 1 minute before turning it off.This idle time will allow the turbocharger to cool prior to shutting theengine off.

! WARNING:Do not turn the engine off immedi-ately after it has been subjected toa heavy load. Doing so may causesevere damage to the engine orturbo charger unit.

C050B01HP

NOTE:If the engine were not started 10seconds after the preheating is com-pleted, turn the ignition key oncemore to the "LOCK" position, andthen to the "ON" position, in orderto preheat again.

WARNING:Be sure that the clutch is fully de-pressed when starting a manualtransaxle vehicle. Otherwise thereis the potential to cause damage tothe vehicle or injury to someoneinside or outside the vehicle as aresult of the forward or backwardmovement of the vehicle that willoccur if the clutch is not depressedwhen the vehicle is started.

5. Turn the ignition key to the "Start"position and release it when theengine starts.

!Amber lamp ON Amber lamp OFF

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM6

Page 139: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2- 7

C070A01TB

NOTE:o To shift into reverse, rest the lever

in neutral for at least 3 secondsafter your car is completelystopped. Then move the leverinto the reverse position.

o During cold weather, shifting maybe difficult until the transaxle lu-bricant has warmed up. This isnormal and not harmful to thetransaxle.

o If you 've come to a completestop and it's hard to shift into 1st

or R(Reverse), put the shift leverin N(Neutral) position and releasethe clutch. Press the clutch pedalback down, and then shift into 1st

or R(Reverse) gear position.o Do not use the shift lever as a

handrest during driving, as thiscan result in premature wear of thetransaxle shift forks.

C070A01TB-AAT

OPERATING THE MANUALTRANSAXLE

Your Hyundai's manual transaxle has aconventional shift pattern. This shiftpattern is imprinted on the shift knob.The transaxle is fully synchronized inall forward gears so shifting to either ahigher or a lower gear is easily accom-plished.

When shifting into reverse gear, pull themis-shift prevention tab and shift intoreverse gear position. (Type B: Dieseltype)

CAUTION:When downshifting from fifth gear tofourth gear, caution should be takennot to inadvertently press the gearlever sideways in such a manner thatsecond gear is engaged. Such a dras-tic downshift may cause the enginespeed to increase to the point thatthe tachometer will enter the red-zone. Such over-revving of the en-gine may possibly cause engine dam-age.

!

C070B01A-AAT

Using the Clutch

The clutch should be pressed all theway to the floor before shifting, thenreleased slowly. The clutch pedalshould always be used after fully re-turning to the original position. Do notrest your foot on the clutch pedal whiledriving. This can cause unnecessarywear. Do not partially engage the clutchto hold the car on an incline. Thiscauses unnecessary wear. Use theparking brake to hold the car on anincline. Do not operate the clutch pedalrapidly and repeatedly.

Type A Type B

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM7

Page 140: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

2- 8 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

ating or shifting gears. On a slipperysurface, an abrupt change in ve-hicle speed can cause the drivewheels to lose traction and the ve-hicle to go out of control.

!

C070D02O-AAT

Good Driving Practices

o Never take the car out of gear andcoast down a hill. This is extremelyhazardous. Always leave the car ingear.

o Don't "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and mal-function. Instead, when you are driv-ing down a long hill, slow down andshift to a lower gear. When you dothis, engine braking will help slowthe car.

o Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. This will help avoid over-rev-ving the engine, which can causedamage.

o Slow down when you encountercross winds. This gives you muchbetter control of your car.

o Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into re-verse. The transaxle can be dam-aged if you do not. To shift intoreverse, depress the clutch, movethe shift lever to neutral, wait threeseconds, then shift to the reverseposition.

o Exercise extreme caution when driv-ing on a slippery surface. Be espe-cially careful when braking, acceler-

C070E03A-GAT

RECOMMENDED SHIFT POINTS

1-2

2-3

3-4

4-5

Shiftfrom-to

Recommended

20 km/h (15 mph)

40 km/h (25 mph)

55 km/h (35 mph)

75 km/h (45 mph)

The shift points as shown above arerecommended for optimum fueleconomy and performance.

WARNING:o Avoid high cornering speeds.o Do not make quick steering wheel

movements, such as sharp lanechanges or fast, sharp turns.

o Always wear your seat belts.In a collision crash, an unbeltedperson is significantly more likelyto die than a person wearing aseatbelt.

o The risk of rollover is greatly in-creased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

o Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver oversteersto reenter the roadway.

o In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pull-ing back into the travel lanes.

o Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM8

Page 141: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2- 9

HTB185

C090A01A-GAT

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

The highly efficient Hyundai automatictransaxle has four forward speeds andone reverse speed. It has a conven-tional shift pattern as shown in theillustration. At night, with the first posi-tion of the multi-function switch, theappropriate symbol on the shift patternindicator will be illuminated accordingto the range selected.

CAUTION:Never shift into "R" or "P" positionwhile the vehicle is moving.

NOTE:Depress the brake pedal andpush the button when shift-ing.

Push the button when shift-ing.

The selector lever can beshifted freely.

For optimum fuel economy, acceler-ate gradually. The transaxle will auto-matically shift to the second, third andoverdrive gears.

C090B01A-AAT

The Function of Each Position IsAs Follows:

o P (Park):

Use to hold the vehicle in place whenparking or while starting the engine;shift the selector lever to the "P" (Park)position. Whenever parking the car,apply the parking brake and shift theselector lever to the "P" (Park) posi-tion.

CAUTION:Never place the selector lever in the"P" (Park) position unless the ve-hicle is fully stopped. Failure toobserve this caution will cause se-vere damage to the transaxle.

!

!

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM9

Page 142: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

2- 10 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

C090H01A-GAT

NOTE:o For smooth and safe operation,

depress the brake pedal whenshifting from "Neutral" positionor "Park" position to a forward orreverse gear.

o The brake pedal fully depressedin order to move the shift leverfrom the "P" (Park) position toany of the other positions.

o It is always possible to shift from"R", "N", "D", "2", "L" position to"P" position. The vehicle mustbe fully stopped to avoidtransaxle damage.

C090F01A-AAT

o 2 (Second gear):

Use for driving on a slippery road, hillclimbing or engine braking downhill."2" automatically shifts between firstand second gears.This means that no shift-up to 3rd gearis performed. However, the shift-up tothird gear is done when the car speedexceeds a certain value to prevent theengine from over-revving. Manuallymove the selector to "D" returning tonormal driving condition.

C090E01A-GAT

o D (Drive):

Use for normal driving. The transaxlewill automatically shift through a four-gear sequence. Never downshift manu-ally to "2" position or "L" position whenvehicle speed is more than95 km/h (60 mph).

C090C01A-AAT

o R(Reverse):

Use for backing up the vehicle. Bringthe car to a complete stop before shift-ing the selector lever to "R" position.

C090G01S-GAT

o L (Low gear):

Use for driving up a very steep grade orfor engine braking when descendingsteep hills. When downshifting to "L",the transaxle will temporarily remain insecond gear until the vehicle hasslowed enough for low gear to engage.Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) in lowgear."L" shifts to 1st gear only. However,shift up to 2nd is performed when thecar exceeds a certain speed and, asspeed increases, the transaxle will shiftup to 3rd gear to prevent over-revvingthe engine.

C090D02A-AAT

o N (Neutral):

In the "N" position, the transaxle is inneutral, which means that no gearsare engaged. The engine can be startedwith the shift lever in "N" position,although this is not recommended ex-cept if the engine stalls while the car ismoving.

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM10

Page 143: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2- 11

C090I03A-AAT

CAUTION:o Shift into "R" and "P" position

only when the vehicle has com-pletely stopped.

o Do not accelerate the engine inreverse or any of the forwardpositions with the brakes applied.

o Always apply the footbrake whenshifting from "P" or "N", to "R","D", "2" or "L" position.

o Do not use the "P" (Park) posi-tion in place of the parking brake.Always set the parking brake,shift the transaxle into "P" (Park)position and turn off the ignitionwhen you leave the vehicle, evenmomentarily. Never leave the ve-hicle unattended while the en-gine is running.

o When accelerating from a stopon a steep hill, the vehicle mayhave a tendency to roll back-wards. Shifting the shift lever into2nd gear will help prevent thevehicle from rolling backwards.

C090N03A-AAT

Good Driving Practices

o Never move the gear selector leverfrom "P" or "N" to any other positionwith the accelerator pedal de-pressed.

o Never move the gear selector leverinto "P" when the vehicle is in mo-tion.

o Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into "R".

o Never take the car out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may be ex-tremely hazardous. Always leavethe car in gear when moving.

o Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and mal-function. Instead, when you are driv-ing down a long hill, slow down andshift to a lower gear. When you dothis, engine braking will help slowthe car.

!o Slow down before shifting to a lower

gear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged.

o Always use the parking brake. Donot depend on placing the transaxlein "P" to keep the car from moving.

o Exercise extreme caution when driv-ing on a slippery surface. Be espe-cially careful when braking, acceler-ating or shifting gears. On a slipperysurface, an abrupt change in ve-hicle speed can cause the drivewheels to lose traction and the ve-hicle to go out of control.

o Turn the overdrive switch on forgood fuel economy and smooth driv-ing. If engine braking is needed inthe "D" range or if repeated upshift-ing and downshifting between 3rdand 4th gear is needed when climb-ing a gentle slope, it is recommendedthat the overdrive switch be turnedoff. Turn the overdrive switch backon immediately afterward.

o Check the automatic transaxle fluidlevel regularly, and add fluid asnecessary.

o See the maintenance schedule forthe proper fluid recommendation.

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM11

Page 144: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

2- 12 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

C130A01A-AAT

GOOD BRAKING PRACTICES

WARNING:Nothing should be carried on top ofthe shelf panel behind the rear seat.If there were an accident or a sud-den stop, such objects could moveforward and cause damage to thevehicle or injure the occupants.

o After being parked, check to be surethe parking brake is not engagedand that the parking brake indicatorlight is out before driving away.

o Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the car is washed. Wet brakescan be dangerous! Your car will notstop as quickly if the brakes are wet.Wet brakes may cause the car topull to one side. To dry the brakes,apply the brakes lightly until thebraking action returns to normal,taking care to keep the car undercontrol at all times. If the brakingaction does not return to normal,stop as soon as it is safe to do soand call your Hyundai dealer forassistance.

!

HTB217

C090P01A-GAT

Overdrive Switch

When the overdrive switch is turned on,the transaxle will automatically upshiftto the second, third and overdrive gears.When the overdrive switch is turned off,the transaxle will not upshift to theoverdrive gear. For normal driving, theselector lever should be left in the "D"position and the overdrive switch turnedon.If you need to accelerate rapidly, pressthe accelerator pedal all the way to thefloor. The transaxle will automaticallyshift to a lower gear, depending on thevehicle speed and load.

! WARNING:o Avoid high cornering speeds.o Do not make quick steering wheel

movements, such as sharp lanechanges or fast, sharp turns.

o Always wear your seat belts.In a collision crash, an unbeltedperson is significantly more likelyto die than a person wearing aseatbelt.

o The risk of rollover is greatly in-creased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

o Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver oversteersto reenter the roadway.

o In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

o Never exceed posted speed limits.o Excessive depressing of the

accelerater pedal under the tireslip condition such as moving outof the mud or fresh snow etc, maycause severe damage to thetransaxle. At this time, take otherway such as towing.

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM12

Page 145: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2- 13

o Don't coast down hills with the carout of gear. This is extremely haz-ardous. Keep the car in gear at alltimes, use the brakes to slow down,then shift to a lower gear so thatengine braking will help you main-tain a safe speed.

o Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Rest-ing your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving can be dangerous be-cause it can result in the brakesoverheating and losing their effec-tiveness. It also increases the wearof the brake components.

o If a tire goes flat while you aredriving, apply the brakes gently andkeep the car pointed straight aheadwhile you slow down. When you aremoving slowly enough for it to besafe to do so, pull off the road andstop in a safe place.

o If your car is equipped with an auto-matic transaxle, don't let your carcreep forward. To avoid creepingforward, keep your foot on the brakepedal when the car is stopped.

o Use caution when parking on a hill.Engage the parking brake and placethe gear selector lever in "P" (auto-matic transaxle) or in first or reverse

gear (manual transaxle). If your caris facing downhill, turn the frontwheels into the curb to help keep thecar from rolling. If your car is facinguphill, turn the front wheels awayfrom the curb to help keep the carfrom rolling.If there is no curb or if it is requiredby other conditions to keep the carfrom rolling, block the wheels.

o Under some conditions your park-ing brake can freeze in the engagedposition. This is most likely to hap-pen when there is an accumulationof snow or ice around or near therear brakes or if the brakes are wet.If there is a risk that the parkingbrake may freeze, apply it only tem-porarily while you put the gear se-lector lever in "P" (automatic) or infirst or reverse gear (manualtransaxle) and block the rear wheelsso the car cannot roll. Then releasethe parking brake.

o Do not hold the vehicle on the up-grade with the accelerator pedal.This can cause the transmission tooverheat. Always use the brakepedal or parking brake.

C120A03A-AAT

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM(If Installed)

The Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) isdesigned to prevent wheel lock-upduring sudden braking or on hazard-ous road surfaces. The ABS controlmodule monitors the wheel speed andcontrols the pressure applied to eachbrake. Thus, in emergency situationsor on slick roads, ABS will increasevehicle control during braking.

NOTE:o A click sound may be heard in the

engine compartment when the ve-hicle begins to move after the en-gine is started. These conditionsare normal and indicate that theanti-lock brake system (ElectronicStability Program) is functioningproperly.

o During ABS (ESP) operation, aslight pulsation may be felt in thebrake pedal when the brakes areapplied. Also, a noise may be heardin the engine compartment whilebraking. These conditions arenormal and indicate that the anti-lock brake system is functioningproperly.

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM13

Page 146: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

2- 14 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

WARNING:ABS (ESP) will not prevent accidentsdue to improper or dangerous driv-ing maneuvers. Even though vehiclecontrol is improved during emer-gency braking, always maintain asafe distance between you and ob-jects ahead. Vehicle speeds shouldalways be reduced during extremeroad conditions.

The braking distance for carsequipped with an anti-lock brakingsystem may be longer than for thosewithout it in the following road con-ditions.

o Driving on rough, gravel or snow-covered roads.

o Driving with tire chains installed.o Driving on roads where the road

surface is pitted or has differentsurface height.

! During these conditions, the vehicleshould be driven at reduced speeds.The safety features of an ABS (ESP)equipped vehicle should not be testedby high speed driving or cornering.This could endanger the safety ofyourself or others.

CAUTION:Driving with varying tire or wheelsize may cause the ESP system tomalfunction. When replacing tires,make sure they are the same size asyour original tires.

!

C310A01JM-AAT

ELECTRONIC STABILITYPROGRAM (ESP)(If Installed)

ESP checks where you are steeringand where the vehicle is actually going.ESP applies the brakes at individualwheels and intervenes in the enginemanagement system to stabilize thevehicle.

The Electronic Stability Program (ESP)system is an electronic system de-signed to help the driver maintain ve-hicle control under adverse conditions.It is not a substitute for safe drivingpractices. Factors including speed, roadconditions and driver steering input canall affect whether ESP will be effectivein preventing a loss of control. It is stillyour responsibility to drive and cornerat reasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.

C310A01TB

The Electronic Stability Program (ESP)system is designed to stabilize thevehicle during cornering maneuvers.

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM14

Page 147: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2- 15

!WARNING:

Electronic stability program is onlya driving aid; all normal precautionsfor driving in inclement weather andon slippery road surfaces should beobserved.

C310B01JM-AAT

ESP ON/OFF Mode

When the ESP is operating, the ESPindicator in the instrument cluster willblink.If you turn the system off by pressingthe ESP switch, the ESP-OFF indica-tor will come on and stay on. In theESP-OFF mode, the stability controlwill be deactivated. Adjust your drivingaccordingly. To turn the system backon, press the switch again. The ESP-OFF indicator should go off.

NOTE:The ESP mode will automatically beturned ON after the engine is turnedoff and restarted.

C310D01JM-AAT

Indicators and Warning

The indicators should illuminate whenthe ignition key is turned to ON orSTART but should go out after threeseconds.If the indicators do not illuminate, or theESP or ESP-OFF indicator does not goout after 3 seconds, have the vehiclechecked by an authorized dealer.

Should there be any unusual conditionsin the device while driving, ESP-OFFindicator illuminates as a warning.If ESP-OFF indicator illuminates, pullyour car to a safe place and stop theengine.Then, start the engine again to check ifthe ESP-OFF indicator goes out.

If the indicator remains lit even after theengine has been started, have your carchecked by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

C140A01A-GAT

DRIVING FOR ECONOMY

You can save fuel and get more kilo-meters from your car if you followthese suggestions:

o Drive smoothly. Accelerate at amoderate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" starts or full-throttle shiftsand maintain a steady cruisingspeed. Don't race between stop-lights. Try to adjust your speed tothat of the other traffic so you don'thave to change speeds unneces-sarily. Avoid heavy traffic wheneverpossible.Always maintain a safe distancefrom other vehicles so you can avoidunnecessary braking. This also re-duces brake wear.

o Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your caruses. Driving at a moderate speed,especially on the highway, is one ofthe most effective ways to reducefuel consumption.

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM15

Page 148: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

2- 16 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

C150A01A-AAT

SMOOTH CORNERING

Avoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tire wear will beheld to a minimum.

o Keep your car clean. For maximumservice, your Hyundai should be keptclean and free of corrosive materi-als. It is especially important thatmud, dirt, ice, etc. not be allowed toaccumulate on the underside of thecar. This extra weight can result inincreased fuel consumption and alsocontribute to corrosion.

o Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces-sary weight in your car. Weight re-duces fuel economy.

o Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (andnot in traffic), turn off your engineand restart only when you're readyto go.

o Remember, your Hyundai does notrequire extended warm-up. As soonas the engine is running smoothly,you can drive away. In very coldweather, however, give your enginea slightly longer warm-up period.

o Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in toohigh a gear resulting in the enginebucking. If this happens, shift to alower gear. Over-revving is racingthe engine beyond its safe limit. Thiscan be avoided by shifting at therecommended speeds.

o Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is oper-ated by engine power so your fueleconomy is reduced when you useit.

C160A01A-AAT

WINTER DRIVING

The more severe weather conditionsof winter result in greater wear andother problems. To minimize the prob-lems of winter driving, you should fol-low these suggestions:

o Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal.This can increase fuel consumptionand also increase wear on thesecomponents. In addition, driving withyour foot resting on the brake pedalmay cause the brakes to overheat,which reduces their effectivenessand may lead to more serious con-sequences.

o Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pres-sure. Incorrect inflation, either toomuch or too little, results in unnec-essary tire wear. Check the tire pres-sures at least once a month.

o Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment canresult from hitting curbs or drivingtoo fast over irregular surfaces. Pooralignment causes faster tire wearand may also result in other prob-lems as well as greater fuel con-sumption.

o Keep your car in good condition. Forbetter fuel economy and reducedmaintenance costs, maintain yourcar in accordance with the mainte-nance schedule in Section 5. If youdrive your car in severe conditions,more frequent maintenance is re-quired (see Section 5 for details).

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM16

Page 149: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2- 17

C160B01A-GAT

Snowy or Icy Conditions

To drive your vehicle in deep snow, itmay be necessary to use snow tires orto install tire chains on your tires. Ifsnow tires are needed, it is necessaryto select tires equivalent in size andtype to the original equipment tires.Failure to do so may adversely affectthe safety and handling of your car.Speeding, rapid acceleration, suddenbrake applications, and sharp turnsare potentially very hazardous prac-tices. During deceleration, use enginebraking to the fullest extent. Suddenbrake applications on snowy or icyroads may cause skids to occur. Youneed to keep sufficient distance be-tween the vehicle in front and yourvehicle. Also, apply the brake gently. Itshould be noted that installing tirechains on the tire will provide a greaterdriving force, but will not prevent sideskids.

NOTE:Tire chains are not legal in all prov-inces. Check province laws beforefitting tire chains.

C160C01A-AAT

Use High Quality EthyleneGlycol Coolant

Your Hyundai is delivered with highquality ethylene glycol coolant in thecooling system. It is the only type ofcoolant that should be used because ithelps prevent corrosion in the coolingsystem, lubricates the water pump andprevents freezing. Be sure to replaceor replenish your coolant in accor-dance with the maintenance schedulein Section 5. Before winter, have yourcoolant tested to assure that its freez-ing point is sufficient for the tempera-tures anticipated during the winter.

C160D01A-AAT

Check Battery and Cables

Winter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect thebattery and cables as described inSection 6. The level of charge in yourbattery can be checked by your Hyun-dai dealer or a service station.

C160E01A-AAT

Change to "Winter Weight" Oil ifNecessary

In some climates it is recommendedthat a lower viscosity "winter weight"oil be used during cold weather. SeeSection 9 for recommendations. If youaren't sure what weight oil you shoulduse, consult your Hyundai dealer.

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM17

Page 150: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

2- 18 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

C160K01A-AAT

Carry Emergency Equipment

Depending on the severity of theweather where you drive your car, youshould carry appropriate emergencyequipment. Some of the items youmay want to carry include tire chains,tow straps or chains, flashlight, emer-gency flares, sand, a shovel, jumpercables, a window scraper, gloves,ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.

C160H01A-AAT

Use Approved Anti-Freeze inWindow Washer System

To keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedanti-freeze solution in accordance withinstructions on the container. Windowwasher anti-freeze is available fromHyundai dealers and most auto partsoutlets. Do not use engine coolant orother types of anti-freeze as thesemay damage the finish.

C160I01A-AAT

Don't Let Your Parking BrakeFreeze

Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happenwhen there is an accumulation of snowor ice around or near the rear brakes orif the brakes are wet. If there is a riskthe parking brake may freeze, apply itonly temporarily while you put the gearselector lever in "P" (automatic) or infirst or reverse gear (manual transaxle)and block the rear wheels so the carcannot roll. Then release the parkingbrake.

C160J01A-AAT

Don't Let Ice and Snow Accumu-late Underneath

Under some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders andinterfere with the steering. When driv-ing in severe winter conditions wherethis may happen, you should periodi-cally check underneath the car to besure the movement of the front wheelsand the steering components is notobstructed.

C160G01A-GAT

To Keep Locks from Freezing

To keep the locks from freezing, squirtan approved de-icer fluid or glycerineinto the key opening. If a lock is cov-ered with ice, squirt it with an approvedde-icing fluid to remove the ice. If thelock is frozen internally, you may beable to thaw it out by using a heatedkey. Handle the heated key with careto avoid burning your fingers.

NOTE:The proper temperature for usingthe immobilizer key is from -40°C to80°C. If you heat the immobilizerkey over 80°C to open the frozenlock, it may cause damage to thetransponder in its head.

C160F01A-AAT

Check Spark Plugs and IgnitionSystem

Inspect your spark plugs as describedin Section 6 and replace them if neces-sary. Also check all ignition wiring andcomponents to be sure they are notcracked, worn or damaged in any way.

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM18

Page 151: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2- 19

C170A01A-AAT

HIGHER SPEED MOTORINGPre-Trip Inspections

1. Tires:Adjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pres-sures will result in overheating andpossible failure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tireswhich may result in reduced traction ortire failure.

NOTE:Never exceed the maximum tire in-flation pressure shown on the tires.

2. Fuel, engine coolant and en-gine oil:High speed travel consumes 1.5 timesmore fuel than urban motoring. Do notforget to check both engine coolantand engine oil.

3. Drive belt:A loose or damaged drive belt mayresult in overheating of the engine.

C180A01A-AAT

USE OF LIGHTS

Check your lights regularly for correctoperation and always keep them clean.When driving during the day in condi-tions of poor visibility, it is helpful todrive with headlights on low beam.This enables you to be seen as well asto see.

C190A02A-GAT

TRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWING

If you are considering towing with yourcar, you should first check with yourProvince Department of Motor Vehiclesto determine their legal requirements.Since laws vary from province to prov-ince, the requirements for towing trail-ers, cars, other types of vehicles, orapparatus may differ. Ask your Hyundaidealer for further details before towing.

C190B01S-AAT

Trailer Hitches

Select the proper hitch and ball combi-nation, making sure that it's location iscompatible with that of the trailer orvehicle being towed.Use a quality non-equalizing hitch whichdistributes the tongue load uniformlythroughout the chassis.

The hitch should be bolted securely tothe car and installed by a qualifiedtechnician. DO NOT USE A HITCHDESIGNED FOR TEMPORARY IN-STALLATION AND NEVER USE ONETHAT ATTACHES ONLY TO THEBUMPER.

! CAUTIONDo not do any towing with your carduring its first 2,000 km (1,200 miles)in order to allow the engine to prop-erly break in. Failure to heed thiscaution may result in serious en-gine or transaxle damage.

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM19

Page 152: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

2- 20 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

C190E02TB-GAT

Trailer Weight Limit

Tongue load Total trailer weight

C190E01L

C190D01A-GAT

Safety Chains

Should the hitch connection betweenyour car and the trailer or vehicle youare towing fail, the trailer or vehiclecould wander dangerously across otherlanes of traffic and ultimately collidewith another vehicle. To eliminate thispotentially dangerous situation, safetychains, attached between your car andthe trailer or towed vehicle, are re-quired in most provinces.

Tongue loads can be increased or de-creased by redistributing the load in thetrailer. This can be verified by checkingthe total weight of the loaded trailer andthen checking the load on the tongue.

NOTE:1. Never load the trailer with more

weight in the back than in thefront. About 60% of the trailerload should be in the front halfon the trailer and the remaining40% in the rear.

idle until it cools down. You mayproceed once the engine hascooled sufficiently.

C190C03S-GAT

Trailer Brakes

If your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to fed-eral and/or local regulations and that itis properly installed and operating cor-rectly.

NOTE:If you tow a trailer or vehicle, yourcar will require more frequent main-tenance due to the additional load.See "Maintenance Under SevereUsage Conditions" on page 5-5.

CAUTION:o Never connect a trailer brake sys-

tem directly to the vehicle brakesystem.

o When towing a trailer on steepgrades (in excess of 12%) payclose attention to the engine cool-ant temperature gauge to ensurethe engine does not overheat. Ifthe needle of the coolant tem-perature gauge moves across thedial towards "H" (HOT), pull overand stop as soon as it is safe todo so, and allow the engine to

!

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM20

Page 153: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2- 21

2. The total gross vehicle weight withtrailer must not exceed the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)shown on the vehicle identifica-tion plate (see page 8-2). The totalgross vehicle weight is the com-bined weight of the vehicle, driver,all passengers and their luggage,cargo, hitch, trailer tongue loadand other optional equipment.

3. The front or rear axle weight mustnot exceed the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) shown on thevehicle identification plate (seepage 8-2). It is possible that yourtowing package does not exceedthe GVWR but exceeds theGAWR. Improper trailer loadingand/or too much luggage in thetrunk can overload the rear axle.Redistribute the load and checkthe axle weight again.

4. The maximum permissible staticvertical load on the coupling de-vice ; 44kg

Tongue

44

(97)

Without Brake Type

Trailer

700 (1,543)

1000 (2,204)

1,100 (2,425)

1,100 (2,425)

900(1,984)

1,100 (2,425)

450(992)

MANUAL

TRANSAXLE

AUTO

TRANSAXLE

1.1L

1.4L

1.6L

Diesel

1.4L

1.6L

With

Brake

Type

kg. (Lbs)

Coupling point

HTB312

C190E02L

Gross Axle Weight Gross VehicleWeight

!

Maximum TowableWeight

5. The maximum permissible over-hang of the coupling point: 690 mm

CAUTION:The following specifications are rec-ommended when towing a trailer.The loaded trailer weigh cannot safelyexceed the values in the followingchart.

Type

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM21

Page 154: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

2- 22 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

6. Check the condition and air pres-sure of all tires on the trailer andyour car. Low tire pressure canseriously affect the handling. Alsocheck the spare tire.

7. The vehicle/trailer combination ismore affected by crosswind andbuffeting.When being passed by a largevehicle, keep a constant speedand steer straight ahead. If there istoo much wind buffeting slow downto get out of the other vehicle's airturbulence.

8. When parking your car and trailer,especially on a hill, be sure to fol-low all the normal precautions. Turnyour front wheel into the curb, setthe parking brake firmly, and putthe transaxle in 1st or Reverse(manual) or Park (automatic). Inaddition, place wheel chocks ateach of the trailer's tires.

9. If the trailer has electric brakes,start your vehicle and trailer mov-ing, and then apply the trailer brakecontroller by hand to be sure thebrakes are working. This lets youcheck your electrical connection atthe same time.

10. During your trip, check occasion-ally to be sure that the load issecure, and that the lights andany trailer brakes are still working.

11. Avoid jerky starts, sudden accel-eration or sudden stops.

12. Avoid sharp turns and rapid lanechanges.

13. Avoid holding the brake pedal downtoo long or too frequently. Thiscould cause the brakes to over-heat, resulting in reduced brakingefficiency.

14. When going down a hill, shift into alower gear and use the engine brak-ing effect.When ascending a long grade,downshift the transaxle to a lowergear and reduce speed to reducechances of engine overloading and/or overheating.

15. If you have to stop while goinguphill, do not hold the vehicle inplace by pressing on the accelera-tor. This can cause the automatictransaxle to overheat. Use the park-ing brake or footbrake.

C190F02A-GAT

Trailer or Vehicle Towing Tips

1. Before towing, check hitch andsafety chain connections as wellas proper operation of the trailerrunning lights, brake lights, andturn signals.

2. Always drive your vehicle at a mod-erate speed (Less than 100 km/h).

3. Trailer towing requires more fuelthan normal conditions.

4. To maintain engine braking effi-ciency and electrical charging per-formance, do not use fifth gear(manual transaxle) or overdrive (au-tomatic transaxle).

5. Always secure items in the trailerto prevent load shift while driving.

! WARNING:Improperly loading your car andtrailer can serious affect its steeringand braking performance causing acrash in which could cause seriousinjury or death.

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM22

Page 155: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2- 23

!

NOTE:When towing check transaxle fluidmore frequently.

CAUTION:If overheating should occur whentowing, (temperature gauge readsnear red zone), taking the followingaction may reduce or eliminate theproblem.

1. Turn off the air conditioner.2. Reduce highway speed.3. Select a lower gear when going

uphill.4. While in stop and go traffic, place

the gear selection in park or neu-tral and idle the engine at a higherspeed.

TBENG_2.P65 7/29/2005, 10:35 AM23

Page 156: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

3. WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYIf the engine will not start ................................................................ 3-2Jump starting .................................................................................. 3-3If the engine overheats ................................................................... 3-4Spare tire ........................................................................................ 3-5If you have a flat tire ....................................................................... 3-6If your vehicle must be towed ........................................................3-11Emergency towing .........................................................................3-13If you lose your keys ......................................................................3-14

3

TBENG_3.P65 6/29/2005, 12:18 PM1

Page 157: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

3- 2 WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

HTB165

D010B02A-AAT

If Engine Doesn't Turn Over orTurns Over Slowly

1. If your car has an automatictransaxle, be sure the gear selectorlever is in "N" or "P" and the emer-gency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operatethe starter, the battery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to besure they are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle tostart it. See instructions for "JumpStarting".

D010C01A-AAT

If Engine Turns Over Normallybut Does Not Start

1. Check fuel level.2. Check all connectors at ignition, coil

and spark plugs. Reconnect anythat may be disconnected or loose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engineroom.

4. If engine still refuses to start, call aHyundai dealer or seek other quali-fied assistance.

D010D01A-AAT

If the Engine Stalls While Driv-ing

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keep-ing a straight line. Move cautiouslyoff the road to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact aHyundai dealer or seek other quali-fied assistance.

D010A01A-AAT

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

CAUTION:If the engine will not start, do notpush or pull the car to start it. Thiscould result in a collision or causeother damage. In addition, push orpull starting may cause the cata-lytic converter to be overloaded andcreate a fire hazard.

!

HTB221

TBENG_3.P65 6/29/2005, 12:18 PM2

Page 158: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 3- 3

HTB218

Dischargedbattery

Boosterbattery

WARNING:The gas produced by the batteryduring the jump-start operation ishighly explosive. If these instruc-tions are not followed exactly, seri-ous personal injury and damage tothe vehicle may occur! If you arenot sure how to follow this proce-dure, seek qualified assistance.Automobile batteries contain sul-furic acid. This is poisonous andhighly corrosive. When jump start-ing, wear protective glasses and becareful not to get acid on yourself,your clothing or on the car.

3. Attach the clamps of the jumpercable in the exact order shown in theillustration. That is, first, attach oneclamp of the jumper cable to thepositive (+) post or cable of thedischarged battery. Then attach theother end of the same cable to thepositive (+) post or cable of thebooster battery. Next, using theother cable, attach one clamp to thenegative (-) post or cable of thebooster battery. Then attach theother end of that cable to a solidmetal part of the engine away fromthe battery. Do not connect the cableto any moving part.

4. Start the engine in the car with thebooster battery and let it run for afew minutes. This will help to as-sure that the booster battery is fullycharged. During the jumping opera-tion, run the engine in this vehicle atabout 2,000 rpm.

5. Start your engine using the normalstarting procedure. After the enginestarts, leave the jumper cables con-nected and let the engine run at fastidle or about 2,000 rpm for severalminutes.

D020A02A-AAT

JUMP STARTING

!

o If you should accidentally get acidon your skin or in your eyes,immediately remove any contami-nated clothing and flush the areawith clear water for at least 15 min-utes. Then promptly obtain medicalattention. If you must be transportedto an emergency facility, continue toapply water to the affected areawith a sponge or cloth.

o The gas produced by the batteryduring the jump-start operation ishighly explosive. Do not smoke orallow a spark or open flame in thevicinity.

o The battery being used to providethe jump start must be 12-volt. If youcannot determine that it is a 12-voltbattery, do not attempt to use it forthe jump start.

o To jump start a car with a dischargedbattery, follow this procedure ex-actly:

1. If the booster battery is installed inanother vehicle, be sure the twovehicles are not touching.

2. Turn off all unnecessary lights andaccessories in both vehicles.

TBENG_3.P65 6/29/2005, 12:18 PM3

Page 159: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

3- 4 WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

D030A02TB-AAT

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

If your temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, you experience a loss ofpower, or hear loud pinging or knock-ing, the engine is probably too hot. Ifthis happens to you, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon asit is safe to do so.

2. Place the gear selector lever in "P"(automatic), or neutral (manualtransaxle) and set the parking brake.If the air conditioning is on, turn itoff.

6. Carefully remove the jumper cablesin the reverse order of attachment.

If you do not know why your batterybecame discharged (because the lightswere left on, etc.), have the chargingsystem checked by your Hyundaidealer.

3. If engine coolant is running out un-der the car or steam is coming outfrom the hood, stop the engine. Donot open the hood until the enginecoolant has stopped running or thesteaming has stopped. If there is novisible loss of engine coolant and nosteam, leave the engine runningand check to be sure the enginecooling fan is operating. If the fan isnot running, turn the engine off.

4. Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If thedrive belt seems to be satisfactory,check for coolant leaking from theradiator, hoses or under the car. (Ifthe air conditioning had been in use,it is normal for cold water to bedraining from it when you stop).

WARNING (Diesel only):Never work on injection system withengine running or within 30 sec-onds after shutting off engine. Highpressure pump, rail, injectors andhigh pressure pipes are subject tohigh pressure even after the enginestopped. The fuel jet produced byfuel leaks may cause serious in-jury, if it touch the body. Peopleusing pacemakers should not movethan 30cm closer to the ECU orwiring harness within the engineroom while engine is running, sincethe high currents in the CommonRail system produce considerablemagnetic fields.

WARNING:While the engine is running, keephair, hands, and clothing away frommoving parts such as the fan anddrive belts to prevent injury.

!

!

5. If the water pump drive belt is bro-ken or coolant is leaking out, stopthe engine immediately and call thenearest Hyundai dealer for assis-tance.

TBENG_3.P65 6/29/2005, 12:18 PM4

Page 160: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 3- 5

Inflation Pressure

Tire Size T105/70D14

420 kPa (60 psi)

2. The spare tire should only be usedtemporarily and should be returnedto the luggage compartment as soonas the original tire can be repaired orreplaced.

3. Continuous use at speeds of over80 km/h (50 mph) is not recom-mended.

4. As the temporary spare tire is spe-cifically designed for your car, itshould not be used on any othervehicle.

D040A01TB-GAT

TEMPORARY SPARE TIRE

The following instructions for the tem-porary spare tire should be observed:

1. Check inflation pressure as soon aspractical after installing the sparetire, and adjust to the specified pres-sure. The tire pressure should beperiodically checked and maintainedat the specified pressure while thetire is stored.

Spare Tire Pressure

WARNING:Do not remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. This can allowcoolant to be blown out of the open-ing and cause serious burns.

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the enginetemperature has returned to nor-mal. Then, if the engine coolant hasbeen lost, carefully add coolant tothe reservoir (page 6-9) to bring thefluid level in the reservoir up to thehalfway mark.

7. Proceed with caution, keeping alertfor further signs of overheating. Ifoverheating happens again, call aHyundai dealer for assistance.

!

!

!

CAUTION:Serious loss of engine coolant indi-cates there is a leak in the coolingsystem and this should be checkedas soon as possible by a Hyundaidealer.

5. The temporary spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the temporary spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

6. The temporary spare tire pressureshould be checked once a monthwhile the tire is stored.

CAUTION:o Do not use snow chains with

your temporary spare tire.o Do not use more than one tempo-

rary spare tire at a time.

TBENG_3.P65 6/29/2005, 12:18 PM5

Page 161: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

3- 6 WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

HTB154

D040B01A-AAT

Handling the Spare Tire

Remove the installation bolt to removethe spare tire. To replace the spare tirein its storage compartment, tighten thebolt firmly with your fingers until thereis no more play in the spare tire.

D050A01A-AAT

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

If a tire goes flat while you are driving:

1. Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal and let the car slow downwhile driving straight ahead. Do notapply the brakes immediately or at-tempt to pull off the road as this maycause a loss of control. When thecar has slowed to such a speed thatit is safe to do so, brake carefullyand pull off the road. Drive off theroad as far as possible and park onfirm, level ground. If you are on adivided highway, do not park in themedian area between the two trafficlanes.

2. When the car is stopped, turn onyour emergency hazard flashers,set the parking brake and put thetransaxle in "P" (automatic) or re-verse (manual transaxle).

3. Have all passengers get out of thecar. Be sure they all get out on theside of the car that is away fromtraffic.

4. Change the tire following the in-structions provided on the followingpages.

Inflation Pressure

Tire Size

D040B01FC-GAT

FULL SIZE SPARE TIRE(If Installed)

The following instructions for the FULLSIZE spare tire should be observed:

Check inflation pressure as soon aspractical after installing the spare tire,and adjust to the specified pressure.The tire pressure should be periodi-cally checked and maintained at thespecified pressure while the tire isstored.

Spare Tire PressureFull Size

210 kPa (30 psi)

TBENG_3.P65 6/29/2005, 12:18 PM6

Page 162: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 3- 7

HTB230

D060A01A-AAT

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

The procedure described on the fol-lowing pages can be used to rotatetires as well as to change a flat tire.When preparing to change a flat tire,check to be sure the gear selectorlever is in "P" (automatic transaxle) orreverse gear (manual transaxle) andthat the parking brake is set, then:

Flat tire

HTB156

D060C01A-AAT

2. Block the Wheel

Block the wheel that is diagonally oppo-site from the flat to keep the vehiclefrom rolling when the car is raised onthe jack.

Take out the jack case and tool bag,then remove the spare tire from theluggage room.

NOTE:The jack case is located on thespare tire in the vehicle.

Hang the luggage room mat to the mathanger and remove the luggage undertray (If installed).

D060B01TB-GAT

1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool

HTB224

HTB296

Mat hanger

TBENG_3.P65 6/29/2005, 12:18 PM7

Page 163: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

3- 8 WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

HTB149 HTB4003

D060D01A-AAT

3. Loosen Wheel Nuts

The wheel nuts should be loosenedslightly before raising the car. To loosenthe nuts, turn the wheel nut wrenchhandle counterclockwise. When doingthis, be sure that the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut so it cannotslip off. For maximum leverage, posi-tion the wrench so the handle is to theright as shown in the drawing. Then,while holding the wrench near the endof the handle, pull up on it with steadypressure. Do not remove the nuts atthis time. Just loosen them about one-half turn.

D060E01A-AAT

4. Put the Jack in Place

The base of the jack should be placedon firm, level ground. The jack shouldbe positioned as shown in the drawing.

D060F02E-AAT

5. Raising the Car

After inserting a wrench bar into thewheel nut wrench, install the wrenchbar into the jack as shown in the draw-ing. To raise the vehicle, turn the wheelnut wrench clockwise. As the jack be-gins to raise the vehicle, double checkthat it is properly positioned and willnot slip. If the jack is on soft ground orsand, place a board, brick, flat stone orother object under the base of the jackto keep it from sinking.Raise the car high enough so that thefully inflated spare tire can be installed.To do this, you will need more groundclearance than is required to removethe flat tire.

HFC4022

Wrench bar

Wheel nut wrench

TBENG_3.P65 6/29/2005, 12:18 PM8

Page 164: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 3- 9

D060G02Y-AAT

6. Changing Wheels

Loosen the wheel nuts and removethem with your fingers. Slide the wheeloff the studs and lay it flat so it cannotroll away. To put the wheel on the hub,pick up the spare tire, line up the holes

WARNING:Do not get under the car when it issupported by the jack! This is verydangerous as the vehicle could falland cause serious injury or death.No one should stay in the car whilethe jack is being used.

!

HTB228

WARNING:Wheel and wheel covers may havesharp edges. Handle them carefullyto avoid possible severe injury.Before putting the wheel into place,be sure that there is nothing on thehub or wheel (such as mud, tar,gravel, etc.) that interferes with thewheel from fitting solidly againstthe hub. If there is, remove it. Ifthere is not good contact on themounting surface between thewheel and hub, the wheel nuts couldloosen and cause the loss of awheel. Loss of a wheel may result inloss of control of the vehicle. Thismay cause serious injury or death.

!with the studs and slide the wheel ontothem. If this is difficult, tip the wheelslightly and get the top hole in thewheel lined up with the top stud. Thenjiggle the wheel back and forth until thewheel can be slid over the other studs.

HTB229

TBENG_3.P65 6/29/2005, 12:18 PM9

Page 165: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

3- 10 WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

D060H02A-AAT

7. Re-install Wheel Nuts

To reinstall the wheel cover, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts on thestuds and tighten them finger tight.The nuts should be installed with theirsmall diameter ends directed inward.Jiggle the tire to be sure it is completelyseated, then tighten the nuts as muchas possible with your fingers again.

Lower the car to the ground by turningthe wheel nut wrench counterclock-wise. Then position the wrench as shownin the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use an exten-sion pipe over the wrench handle.Go around the wheel tightening everyother nut until they are all tight. Thendouble-check each nut for tightness.After changing wheels, have a techni-cian tighten the wheel nuts to theirproper torque as soon as possible.

D060I01E-GAT

8. Lower Vehicle and TightenNuts

D060J01FC-GAT

After Changing Wheels

If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust ituntil it is correct. Always reinstall thevalve cap after checking or adjustingtire pressure. If the cap is not replaced,air may leak from the tire. If you lose avalve cap, buy another and install it assoon as possible.

HTB227

Wheel nut tightening torque:

Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:900-1,100 kg.cm (65-80 lb.ft)

HTB150

HTB151

TBENG_3.P65 6/29/2005, 12:18 PM10

Page 166: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 3- 11

After you have changed wheels, al-ways secure the flat tire in its place inthe luggage room and return the jackand tools to their proper storage loca-tions.

D080A01O-GAT

IF YOUR VEHICLE MUST BETOWED

If your vehicle has to be towed, itshould be done by your Hyundai dealeror a commercial tow truck service.This will help assure that your vehicleis not damaged in towing. Also, profes-sionals are generally aware of locallaws governing towing. In any case,rather than risk damage to your car, itis suggested that you show this infor-mation to the tow truck operator. Besure that a safety chain system is usedand that all local laws are observed.It is recommended that your vehiclebe towed with a wheel lift and dollies orflatbed equipment with all the wheelsoff the ground.

! CAUTION:o Your vehicle can be damaged if

towed incorrectly!o Be sure the transaxle is in neu-

tral.o When the engine will not start, be

sure the steering is unlocked byplacing the key in the "ACC" po-sition.

D080B01O-GAT

Towing the Vehicle

HTB208

Your vehicle can be towed by wheel lifttype truck (1), (2) or flatbed equipment(3).

1)

2)

3)dolly

TBENG_3.P65 6/29/2005, 12:18 PM11

Page 167: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

3- 12 WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

HTB210

!

1) If the vehicle is being towed with therear wheels on the ground, be surethe parking brake is released.

NOTE:Before towing, check the level ofthe automatic transaxle fluid. If it isbelow the "HOT" range on the dip-stick, add fluid. If you cannot addfluid, a towing dolly must be used.

2) If any of the loaded wheels or sus-pension components are damagedor the vehicle is being towed withthe front wheels on the ground, usea towing dolly under the front wheels.

o Manual Transaxle:If you do not use a towing dolly,place the ignition key in the "ACC"position and put the transaxle in "N(Neutral)".

CAUTION:Do not tow with the key removed orin the "LOCK" position when tow-ing from the rear without a towingdolly.

HTB209

!

o Automatic Transaxle:Be sure to use a towing dolly underthe front wheels.

CAUTION:

A vehicle with an automatic transaxleshould never be towed from the rearwith the front wheels on the ground.This can cause serious damage tothe transaxle.

3) It is recommended that your vehiclebe towed with all the wheels off theground.

! CAUTION:o When towing the vehicle, take

care not to cause damage to thebumper or underbody of the ve-hicle.

o Do not tow with sling type truck asthis may cause damage to thebumper or underbody of the ve-hicle.

TBENG_3.P65 6/29/2005, 12:18 PM12

Page 168: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 3- 13

D080D02TB-AAT

EMERGENCY TOWING

HTB4004

HTB4005

Towing Hook CAUTION:If the car is being towed with all fourwheels on the ground, it can betowed only from the front. Be surethat the transaxle is in neutral. Donot tow at speeds greater than 50km/h (30 mph) and for more than 25km (15 miles).Be sure the steering is unlocked byplacing the key in the "ACC" posi-tion. A driver must be in the towedvehicle to operate the steering andbrakes.

!

(3)Attach a tow cable, chain or strap tothe towing hook on the front bumper.

For emergency towing when no com-mercial tow vehicle is available. Do notattempt to tow your vehicle in thismanner on any unpaved surface. Thiscould result in serious damage to yourcar.Nor should towing be attempted if thewheels, drive train, axles, steering orbrakes are damaged. Before towing,be sure the transaxle is in neutral andthe key is in "ACC" (with the engine off)or in the "ON" position (with the enginerunning). A driver must be in the towedcar to steer it and operate the brakes.

(1)Open the towing cover to push itwith your finger.

(2)To mount the towing hook, rotate itclockwise.

CAUTIONIt should be tightened firmly withyour fingers until there is no moreplay in the towing hole. Towinghook is located in the jack case onthe spare tire.

!

TBENG_3.P65 6/29/2005, 12:18 PM13

Page 169: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

3- 14 WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

D120A01A-GAT

IF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYS

If you lose your keys, many Hyundaidealers can make you a new key if youhave your key number.If you lock the keys inside your car andyou cannot obtain a new key, manyHyundai dealers can use special toolsto open the door for you.

Information about the key of immobi-lizer system (if installed) will be foundon page 1-5.

TBENG_3.P65 6/29/2005, 12:18 PM14

Page 170: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

4. CORROSION PREVENTION &APPEARANCE CARE

Corrosion protection ....................................................................... 4-2To help prevent corrosion ............................................................... 4-2Washing and waxing ...................................................................... 4-3Cleaning the interior........................................................................ 4-5

4

TBENG_4.P65 6/14/2005, 3:29 PM1

Page 171: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

4- 2 CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

E010A01A-AAT

CORROSION PROTECTION

Protecting Your Hyundai fromCorrosion:

By using the most advanced designand construction practices to combatcorrosion, Hyundai produces cars ofthe highest quality. However, this isonly part of the job. To achieve thelong-term corrosion resistance yourHyundai can deliver, the owner's co-operation and assistance is also re-quired.

E010C01A-AAT

High-Corrosion Areas

If you live in an area where your car isregularly exposed to corrosive materi-als, corrosion protection is particularlyimportant. Some of the commoncauses of accelerated corrosion areroad salts, dust control chemicals,ocean air and industrial pollution.

E010B01A-AAT

Common Causes of Corrosion

The most common causes of corro-sion on your car are:

o Road salt, dirt and moisture that isallowed to accumulate underneaththe car.

o Removal of paint or protective coat-ings by stones, gravel, abrasion orminor scrapes and dents which leaveunprotected metal exposed to cor-rosion.

E010D01A-AAT

Moisture Breeds Corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions inwhich corrosion is most likely to occur.For example, corrosion is acceleratedby high humidity, particularly when tem-peratures are just above freezing. Insuch conditions, the corrosive mate-rial is kept in contact with the carsurfaces by moisture that is slow toevaporate.

Mud is particularly corrosive becauseit is slow to dry and holds moisture incontact with the vehicle. Although themud appears to be dry, it can still retainthe moisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceler-ate corrosion of parts that are notproperly ventilated so the moisturecan be dispersed. For all these rea-sons, it is particularly important to keepyour car clean and free of mud oraccumulations of other materials. Thisapplies not only to the visible surfacesbut particularly to the underside of thecar.

E020A01A-AAT

TO HELP PREVENT CORRO-SION

You can help prevent corrosion fromgetting started by observing the follow-ing:

TBENG_4.P65 6/14/2005, 3:29 PM2

Page 172: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE 4- 3

E020C01A-AAT

Keep Your Garage Dry

Don't park your car in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a fa-vorable environment for corrosion. Thisis particularly true if you wash your carin the garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered withsnow, ice or mud. Even a heated ga-rage can contribute to corrosion un-less it is well ventilated so moisture isdispersed.

E020D01A-AAT

Keep Paint and Trim in GoodCondition

Scratches or chips in the finish shouldbe covered with "touch-up" paint assoon as possible to reduce the possi-bility of corrosion. If bare metal is show-ing through, the attention of a qualifiedbody and paint shop is recommended.

E020E01A-AAT

Don't Neglect the Interior

Moisture can collect under the floormats and carpeting to cause corro-sion. Check under the mats periodi-cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.Use particular care if you carry fertiliz-ers, cleaning materials or chemicals inthe car.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaksshould be cleaned up, flushed withclear water and thoroughly dried.

E020B01A-AAT

Keep Your Car Clean

The best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your car clean and free of corro-sive materials. Attention to the under-side of the car is particularly important.

o If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollu-tion, acid rain, etc.—, you shouldtake extra care to prevent corro-sion. In winter, hose off the under-side of your car at least once amonth and be sure to clean theunderside thoroughly when winteris over.

o When cleaning underneath the car,give particular attention to the com-ponents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Doa thorough job; just dampening theaccumulated mud rather than wash-ing it away will accelerate corrosionrather than prevent it. Water underhigh pressure and steam are par-ticularly effective in removing accu-mulated mud and corrosive materi-als.

o When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members,be sure that drain holes are keptopen so that moisture can escapeand not be trapped inside to ac-celerate corrosion.

E030A01A-AAT

WASHING AND WAXINGWashing Your Hyundai

Never wash your car when the surfaceis hot from being in the sun. Alwayswash your car in the shade.

Wash your car frequently. Dirt is abra-sive and can scratch the paint if it is notremoved. Air pollution or acid rain maydamage the paint and trim throughchemical action if pollutants are al-lowed to remain in contact with thesurface. If you live near the ocean or inan area where road salts or dust con-

TBENG_4.P65 6/14/2005, 3:29 PM3

Page 173: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

4- 4 CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

trol chemicals are used, you shouldpay particular attention to the under-side of the car. Start by rinsing the carto remove dust and loose dirt. In win-ter, or if you have driven through mudor muddy water, be sure to thoroughlyclean the underside as well. Use ahard direct stream of water to removeaccumulations of mud or corrosivematerials. Use a good quality car-wash-ing solution and follow themanufacturer's directions on the pack-age. These are available at yourHyundai dealer or auto parts outlet.Don't use strong household detergents,gasoline, strong solvents or abrasivecleaning powders as these may dam-age the finish.Use a clean sponge or cloth, rinse itfrequently and don't damage the finishby rubbing too hard. For stubborn spots,dampen them frequently and removethem a little at a time.To clean whitewall tires, use a stiffbrush or soapy steel-wool scouringpad.To clean plastic wheel covers, use aclean sponge or soft cloth and water.

To clean cast aluminum alloy wheels,use a mild soap or neutral detergent.Do not use abrasive cleaners. Protectthe bare-metal surfaces by cleaning,polishing and waxing. Because alumi-num is subject to corrosion, be sure togive aluminum alloy wheels specialattention in winter. If you drive onsalted roads, clean the wheels thor-oughly afterwards.

After washing, be sure to rinse thor-oughly. If soapy water dries on thefinish, streaking will result.

When the weather is warm and thehumidity low, you may find it neces-sary to rinse each section immediatelyafter washing to avoid streaking.

After rinsing, dry the car using a dampchamois or soft, absorbent cloth. Thereason for drying the car is to removewater from the car so it will dry withoutwater spots. Don't rub, this can dam-age the finish.

If you find any nicks or scratches inthe paint, use touch-up paint to coverthem to prevent corrosion. To protectthe paintwork of the car against corro-sion, you must clean your Hyundai (atleast once a month). Give special at-tention to the removal of salt, mud andother substances on the underside ofthe splashboards of the car. Makesure that the outlets and the undersideof the doors are open. Paint damagecan be caused by small accumulationof tar, industrial precipitation, tree resin,insects and bird droppings, when notremoved immediately. If water alone isnot strong enough to remove the accu-mulated dirt, use a mild car washingsolution. Be sure to rinse the surfaceafter washing to remove the solution.Never allow the solution to dry on thepainted surfaces.

TBENG_4.P65 6/14/2005, 3:29 PM4

Page 174: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE 4- 5

E030D01A-AAT

When to Wax Again

You should polish and wax the caragain when water no longer beads ona clean surface but spreads out over alarger area.

E030E01A-AAT

Maintaining Bumpers

Special precautions must be observedto preserve the appearance of thebumpers on your Hyundai. They are:

o Be careful not to spill battery elec-trolyte or hydraulic brake fluid on thebumpers. If you do, wash it off im-mediately with clear water.

o Be gentle when cleaning the bumpersurfaces. They are made of softplastic and the surface can be dam-aged if mistreated. Do not use abra-sive cleaners. Use warm water andmild soap or car-washing solution.

o Do not expose the bumpers to hightemperatures. For example, if youhave your car repainted, do notleave the bumpers on the car if thecar is going to be placed in a high-temperature paint booth.

E040A01A-AAT

CLEANING THE INTERIORTo Clean the Vinyl Upholstery

To clean the vinyl upholstery, first re-move loose dirt and dust with a vacuumcleaner. Then apply a solution of mildsoap or detergent and water using aclean sponge or soft cloth. Allow this tostay on the surface to loosen the dirt,then wipe with a clean damp sponge orcloth. If all the dirt stains are not re-moved, repeat this procedure until theupholstery is clean. Do not use gaso-line, solvent, paint thinner or otherstrong cleaners.

E030B01A-AAT

Spot Cleaning

Don't use gasoline, strong solvents orcorrosive cleaning agents. These candamage the finish of the car. To re-move road tar, use turpentine on aclean, soft cloth or commercially avail-able bug and tar remover. Be gentle.To remove dead insects or tree sap,use warm water and mild soap or car-washing solution. Soak the spot andrub gently. If the paint has lost itsluster, use a commercial car-cleaningpolish.

E030C01A-AAT

Polishing and Waxing

Always wash and dry the car beforepolishing or waxing or using a combi-nation cleaner and wax. Use a goodquality commercial product and followthe manufacturer's directions on thecontainer. Polish and wax the brighttrim pieces as well as the paint.

E040B01A-AAT

To Clean the Leather Upholstery(If installed)

In the normal course of use, leatherupholstered surfaces will, like anymaterial, pick-up dust and dirt. Thisdust and dirt must be cleaned off or itmay work into the surface of the leather,causing damage.

Fine leather needs care, and shouldbe cleaned when necessary. Washingleather thoroughly with soap and water

TBENG_4.P65 6/14/2005, 3:29 PM5

Page 175: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

4- 6 CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

E040E01A-AAT

Cleaning the Windows

You may use any household windowcleaner on the windows. However,when cleaning the inside of the rearwindow be careful not to damage therear window defroster wiring.

E050A01A-AAT

Any Questions?

If you have any questions about thecare of your car, consult your Hyundaidealer.

E040D01A-AAT

Cleaning the Seat Belts

To clean the seat belts, use a cloth orsponge with mild soap or detergentand warm water. Do not use strongdetergents, dye, bleach or abrasivematerials on the seat belts as this mayweaken the fabric.While cleaning the belts, inspect themfor excessive wear, cuts, fraying orother signs of damage and replacethem if necessary.

E040C01A-AAT

Cleaning the Carpets

Use a foam-type carpet cleaner. Clean-ers of this type are available in aerosolcans in liquid form or powder. Read theinstructions and follow them exactly.Using a vacuum cleaner with the ap-propriate attachment, remove as muchdirt from the carpets as possible. Applythe foam following the manufacturer'sdirections, then rub in overlappingcircles. Do not add water. These clean-ers work best when the carpet is keptas dry as possible.

will keep your leather lustrous, beauti-ful and ensure you have many years ofwear.Take a piece of cheese cloth and usingany mild soap and lukewarm water,work up a good lather. Thoroughlywash the leather. Wipe clean with aslightly damp cloth and dry with softcloth. Do this as often as the leatherbecomes soiled.

During tanning operations, sufficientoils are incorporated through process-ing that none need be applied duringthe life of the leather. Oil applied to thefinished surface will in no way help theleather and may do more harm thangood. Varnishes and furniture polishesshould never be used under any con-ditions.

TBENG_4.P65 6/14/2005, 3:29 PM6

Page 176: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

5. VEHICLE MAINTENANCEREQUIREMENTSMaintenance intervals ..................................................................... 5-2Scheduled maintenance.................................................................. 5-4Maintenance under severe usage conditions ................................. 5-7Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ................................. 5-8

5

TBENG_5.P65 6/30/2005, 5:34 PM1

Page 177: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

5- 2 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

F010C01A-GAT

Specified Scheduled Procedures

These are the procedures such asinspections, adjustments and replace-ments that are listed in the mainte-nance charts starting on page 5-4.These procedures must be performedat the intervals shown in the mainte-nance schedule to assure that yourwarranty remains in effect. Although itis strongly recommended that they beperformed by the factory-trained ordistributor-trained technicians at yourHyundai dealer, these procedures maybe performed at any qualified servicefacility.

F010D01A-GAT

General Checks

These are the regular checks youshould perform when you drive yourHyundai or you fill the fuel tank. A listof these items will be found on page6-5.

F010A01A-GAT

MAINTENANCE INTERVALSService Requirements

To assure that you receive the great-est number of kilometers of satisfyingoperation from your Hyundai, certainmaintenance procedures must beperformed. Although careful designand engineering have reduced theseto a minimum, those that are requiredare of the utmost importance.It is your responsibility to have thesemaintenance procedures performedto comply with the terms of the war-ranties covering your new Hyundai.The Service Passport supplied withyour new vehicle provides further in-formation about these warranties.

F010B01A-AAT

Maintenance Requirements

The maintenance required for yourHyundai can be divided into threemain areas:

o Specified scheduled procedureso General checkso Do-it-yourself maintenance

It is suggested that genuine Hyundaiservice parts be used for any requiredrepairs or replacements. Other parts ofequivalent quality such as engine oil,engine coolant, manual or autotransaxle oil, brake fluid and so onwhich are not supplied by HyundaiMotor Company or its distributor maybe used without affecting your war-ranty coverage but you should alwaysbe sure these are equivalent to thequality of the original Hyundai parts.Your Service Passport provides fur-ther information about your warrantycoverage.

TBENG_5.P65 6/30/2005, 5:34 PM2

Page 178: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 5- 3

F010E01A-AAT

Do-It-Yourself Maintenance

If you are mechanically inclined, own afew tools that are required and want totake the time to do so, you can inspectand service a number of items. Formore information about doing it your-self, see Section 6.

F010F01A-GAT

A Few Tips

Whenever you have your Hyundai ser-viced, keep copies of the servicerecords in your glovebox. This will helpensure that you can document that therequired procedures have been per-formed to keep your warranties in ef-fect. This is especially important whenservice is not performed by an autho-rized Hyundai dealer.

F020A01Y-GAT

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEREQUIREMENTS

Inspection should be performed anytime a malfunction is experienced orsuspected. Receipts for all emissioncontrol system services should beretained to demonstrate compliancewith conditions of the emissions sys-tem warranty.For severe usage maintenance re-quirements, see page 5-7 of this sec-tion.

TBENG_5.P65 6/30/2005, 5:34 PM3

Page 179: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

5- 4 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE (GASOLINE)

1 ENGINE OIL & FILTER

2 DRIVE BELT (WATER PUMP, ALTERNATOR & A/CON)

3 FUEL FILTER (MPI)

4 FUEL LINES, FUEL HOSES & CONNECTIONS

5 TIMING BELT

6 VAPOR HOSE & FUEL FILLER CAP

7 VACUUM & CRANKCASE VENTILATION HOSES

8 AIR CLEANER FILTER

9 SPARK PLUGS

10 VALVE CLEARANCE (1.1 L)

F030A01A-GAT

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

The following maintenance services must be performed to assure good vehicle control and performance. Keep receipts forall vehicle services to protect your warranty.Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.

NO. DESCRIPTION105

84

R

I

I

I

120

96

R

I

R

I

I

I

R

I

90

72

R

I

I

R

I

I

R

I

75

60

R

I

I

I

60

48

R

I

R

I

I

I

I

R

I

45

36

R

I

I

I

30

24

R

I

I

I

I

R

I

15

12

R

I

I

I

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

F030B04TB-GAT

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

Note : FOR EVERY 40,000KM: "R"

See Note

TBENG_5.P65 6/30/2005, 5:34 PM4

Page 180: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 5- 5

F030D01TB-GAT

R :Replace I : Inspect and, after Inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary.

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE (DIESEL)

ENGINE OIL & FILTER (API Class: CH4 or ABOVE)

See Note(1) (ACEA Class: B4 or ABOVE)

AIR CLEANER FILTER

FUEL FILTER CARTRIDGE

TIMING BELT

DRIVE BELT (FOR P/STR'G PUMP, ALTERNATOR & A/CON)

ALTERNATOR VACUUM PUMP

ALTERNATOR OIL HOSE & VACUUM HOSE

FUEL LINES, FUEL HOSE & CONNECTIONS

NO. DESCRIPTION

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

120

96

R

I

R

R

I

I

I

I

105

84

R

I

I

I

I

90

72

R

R

R

I

I

I

I

75

60

R

I

I

I

I

60

48

R

I

R

I

I

I

I

45

36

R

R

I

I

I

30

24

R

I

R

I

I

I

I

15

12

R

I

I

I

I

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

Note : (1) EVERY 500 KM OR BEFORE STARTING A LONG TRIP - "I"(2) EVERY 10,000 KM OR 12 MONTHS, WHICHEVER OCCURS FIRST : "R"(3) INSPECT EVERY 7,500KM OR 6 MONTHS AND REPLACE EVERY 15,000KM OR 12 MONTHS.

WHEN REPLACING THE FUEL FILTER CARTRIDGE, USE HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS.

European Community Only

Except European Community See Note (3)

European Community Only

Except European Community See Note (2)

TBENG_5.P65 6/30/2005, 5:34 PM5

Page 181: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

5- 6 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

COOLING SYSTEM

COOLANT

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

FLUID

BRAKE HOSES AND LINES

BRAKE FLUID

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS, PARKING BRAKE

BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER

SUSPENSION MOUNTING BOLTS

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT

POWER STEERING PUMP, BELT AND HOSES

DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS

AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERANT

AIR CONDITIONER FILTER (FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Note : FOR THE FIRST TIME, REPLACE THE COOLANT 100,000 KM OR 60 MONTHS.AFTER THAT, REPLACE IT EVERY 45,000 KM OR 24 MONTHS.

F030C04TB-GAT

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

12096

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

R

10584

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

R

9072

7560

6048

I

I

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

R

4536

3024

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

R

1512

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

R

KILOMETERS X 1000MONTHS

NO. DESCRIPTION

European Community Only

Except European Community

See Note

TBENG_5.P65 6/30/2005, 5:34 PM6

Page 182: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 5- 7

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

A - Repeatly driving short distance of less than 8km(5miles) in normaltempera ture or less than 16km(10miles) in freezing temperature

B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distancesC - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread

roadsD - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold

weather

E - Driving in sandy areasF - Driving in heavy traffic area over 32°C(90°F)G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towingJ - Driving over 170 Km/h(100 MPH)K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

RRRRI

I

I

IR

R

R

European community Only

Except European community

ENGINE OIL AND FILTERAIR CLEANER FILTERSPARK PLUGSTIMING BELTBRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORSREAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS/PADS,PARKING BRAKESTEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE& BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINTDRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTSMANUAL TRANSAXLE OILAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEFLUIDAIR CONDITIONER FILTER (For Evaporator and Blower unit)

F040A01TB-GAT

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to thechart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE ITEM

EVERY 7,500 KM OR 6 MONTHSMORE FREQUENTLYMORE FREQUENTLYEVERY 60,000 KM OR 48 MONTHSMORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

EVERY 15,000 KM OR 12 MONTHSEVERY 100,000 KMEVERY 45,000 KMEVERY 40,000 KMMORE FREQUENTLY

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, KC, EB, HD, E, F, G, IC, D, G, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, E, F

C, D, E, FC, D, E, G, H, I, J

A, C, E, F, G, H, I

C, E

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

DRIVINGCONDITION

MAINTENANCEOPERATION

TBENG_5.P65 6/30/2005, 5:34 PM7

Page 183: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

5- 8 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

F060A01A-AAT

EXPLANATION OF SCHED-ULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

F060M01A-AAT

o Engine Oil and Filter

The engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified inthe maintenance schedule. If the caris being driven in severe conditions,more frequent oil and filter changesare required.

F060B01A-AAT

o Drive Belts

Inspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oiland replace if necessary. Drive beltsshould be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as nec-essary.

After installing a new filter, run theengine for several minutes, and checkfor leaks at the connections. Fuel fil-ters should be installed by trainedtechnicians.

F060D01TB-AAT

o Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses andConnections

Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses andconnections for leakage and damage.Have a trained technician replace anydamaged or leaking parts immedi-ately.

F060E01A-AAT

o Timing Belt

Inspect all parts related to the timingbelt for damage and deformation.Replace any damaged parts immedi-ately.

F060G01A-AAT

o Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler Cap

The vapor hose and fuel filler capshould be inspected at those intervalsspecified in the maintenance sched-ule. Make sure that a new vapor hoseor fuel filler cap is correctly replaced.

F060C01A-AAT

o Fuel Filter

A clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, dam-age the emission system and causehard starting. If an excessive amountof foreign matter accumulates in thefuel tank, the filter may require re-placement more frequently.

! WARNING (Diesel only):Never work on injection system withengine running or within 30 sec-onds after shutting off engine. Highpressure pump, rail, injectors andhigh pressure pipes are subjectedto high pressure even after the en-gine has been switched off. Thefuel jet produced by fuel leaks maycause serious injury, if it contactswith the body. People using pace-makers should not move closerthan 30cm to the ECU or wiring

harness within the engine room withthe engine running, since the highcurrents in the Common Rail sys-tem produce considerable magneticfields.

TBENG_5.P65 6/30/2005, 5:34 PM8

Page 184: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 5- 9

F060H01A-AAT

o Air Cleaner Filter

A Genuine Hyundai air cleaner filter isrecommended when filter is replaced.

F060J01A-AAT

o Spark Plugs

Make sure to install new spark plugsof the correct heat range.

F070C01A-AAT

o Engine Coolant

The coolant should be changed atthe intervals specified in the mainte-nance schedule.

F070D01A-AAT

o Manual Transaxle Oil

Inspect the manual transaxle oil ac-cording to the maintenance schedule.

NOTE:If the oil level is low, check forpossible leaks before adding oil.Do not overfill.

F070E05A-AAT

o Automatic Transaxle Fluid

The fluid level should be in the "HOT"range of the dipstick, after the engineand transaxle are at normal operatingtemperature. Check the automatictransaxle fluid level with the enginerunning and the transaxle in neutral,with the parking brake properly ap-plied. Use Hyundai Genuine ATF SP-III, DIAMOND ATF SP-III, SK ATFSP-III or other brands appraoved byHyundai Motor Co., when adding orchanging fluid.

F060F01A-AAT

o Vacuum, Crankcase Ventila-tion Hoses

Inspect the surface of hoses for evi-dence of heat and/or mechanical dam-age. Hard and brittle rubber, cracking,tears, cuts, abrasions, and excessiveswelling indicate deterioration. Partic-ular attention should be paid to exam-ine those hose surfaces nearest tohigh heat sources, such as the ex-haust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assurethat the hoses do not come in contactwith any heat source, sharp edges ormoving component which might causeheat damage or mechanical wear.Inspect all hose connections, such asclamps and couplings, to make surethey are secure, and that no leaks arepresent. Hoses should be replacedimmediately if there is any evidenceof deterioration or damage.

F070B01A-GAT

o Cooling System

Check the cooling system part, suchas radiator, coolant reservoir, hosesand connections for leakage and dam-age. Replace any damaged parts.

F060N01X-GAT

o Valve clearances (1.1 L)

Incorrect valve clearance will not onlyresult in unsteady engine operation,but will also cause excessive noiseand reduced engine performance. In-spect valve clearance and adjust asrequired while the engine is hot.

Valve-to-rocker arm clearanceIntake valves ..... 0.2 mm (0.008 in.)Exhaust valves ... 0.25 mm (0.010 in.)

TBENG_5.P65 6/30/2005, 5:34 PM9

Page 185: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

5- 10 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

F070L01A-AAT

o Suspension Mounting Bolts

Check the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

F070M01A-AAT

o Steering Gear Box, Linkage &Boots/Lower arm Ball Joint

With the vehicle stopped and engineoff, check for excessive free-play inthe steering wheel. Check the linkagefor bends or damage. Check the dustboots and ball joints for deterioration,cracks, or damage. Replace any dam-aged parts.

F070N01A-AAT

o Power Steering Pump, Beltand Hoses

Check the power steering pump andhoses for leakage and damage. Re-place any damaged or leaking partsimmediately. Inspect the power steer-ing belt for evidence of cuts, cracks,excessive wear, oiliness and propertension. Replace or adjust it if neces-sary.

F070J01A-AAT

o Brake Pads, Calipers andRotors

Check the pads for excessive wear,discs for run out and wear, and cali-pers for fluid leakage.

F070K01A-AAT

o Exhaust Pipe and Muffler

Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,muffler and hangers for cracks, dete-rioration, or damage. Start the engineand listen carefully for any exhaustgas leakage. Tighten connections orreplace parts as necessary.

F070F01A-AAT

o Brake Hoses and Lines

Visually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

F070G02A-AAT

o Brake Fluid

Check brake fluid level in the brakefluid reservoir. The level should bebetween "MIN" and "MAX" marks onthe side of the reservoir. Use onlyhydraulic brake fluid conforming toDOT 3 or DOT 4.

F070H01A-AAT

o Rear Brake Drums/LiningsParking Brake

Check the rear brake drums and lin-ings for scoring, burning, leaking fluid,broken parts, and excessive wear.Inspect the parking brake system in-cluding the parking brake lever andcables. For detailed service proce-dures, refer to the Shop Manual.

TBENG_5.P65 6/30/2005, 5:34 PM10

Page 186: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 5- 11

F070P01A-AAT

o Driveshafts and Boots

Check the drive shafts, boots andclamps for cracks, deterioration, ordamage. Replace any damaged partsand, if necessary, repack the grease.

F070Q01A-AAT

o Air Conditioning Refrigerant

Check the air conditioning lines andconnections for leakage and damage.Check air conditioning performanceaccording to the relevant shop manualif necessary.

TBENG_5.P65 6/30/2005, 5:34 PM11

Page 187: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

6. Do-It-Yourself MaintenanceEngine compartment ........................................................................6-2General checks ................................................................................6-5Checking the engine oil ....................................................................6-6Checking the engine coolant ............................................................6-9Spark plugs ....................................................................................6-11Changing the air cleaner filter .........................................................6-11Filling the washer reservoir ............................................................6-13Checking the transaxle oil (manual) ...............................................6-14Checking the transaxle fluid (Automatic) .......................................6-15Checking the brakes ......................................................................6-17Air conditioning care .......................................................................6-18Changing the airconditioner filter ....................................................6-19Checking drive belts ......................................................................6-22Checking and replacing fuses ........................................................6-23Checking the battery ......................................................................6-25Checking electric cooling fans .......................................................6-26Power steering fluid level ...............................................................6-27Replacement of bulbs ....................................................................6-30Fuse panel description ...................................................................6-36

6

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:33 AM1

Page 188: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

6- 2 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

HTB160A

1. Power steering fluid reservoir 2. Auto fuel cut switch (If installed) 3. Engine oil filler cap 4. Brake fluid and clutch fluid

reservoir

5. Air cleaner filter 6. Relay box 7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

cap 8. Engine oil level dipstick

9. Radiator cap10.Engine coolant reservoir11.Battery

G010A02TB-GAT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT (1.1 SOHC)

CAUTION:When inspecting orservicing the engine,you should handletools and other heavyobjects carefully sothat the plastic rockercover of the engine isnot damaged.

!

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:33 AM2

Page 189: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6- 3

G010B02TB-GAT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT (1.4 DOHC/1.6 DOHC)

1. Power steering fluid reservoir(If installed)

2. Auto fuel cut switch (If installed) 3. Engine oil filler cap 4. Brake fluid and clutch fluid

reservoir

5. Air cleaner filter 6. Relay box 7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

cap 8. Engine oil level dipstick

9. Radiator cap10.Engine coolant reservoir11.Automatic transaxle fluid level dip-

stick (If installed)12.Battery

HTB5001

CAUTION:When inspecting orservicing the engine,you should handletools and other heavyobjects carefully sothat the plastic rockercover of the engine isnot damaged.

!

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:33 AM3

Page 190: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

6- 4 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

G010C02TB-GAT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT (1.5 DIESEL)

HTB159

1. Power steering fluid reservoir 2. Engine coolant reservoir 3. Engine oil filler cap 4. Fuel filter

5. Brake fluid and clutch fluid reser-voir

6. Air cleaner filter 7. Relay box

8. Windshield washer fluid reservoircap

9. Engine oil level dipstick10.Radiator cap11.Battery

CAUTION:When inspecting orservicing the engine,you should handletools and other heavyobjects carefully sothat the plastic rockercover of the engine isnot damaged.

!

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:33 AM4

Page 191: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6- 5

G020A01A-AAT

GENERAL CHECKS

Engine CompartmentThe following should be checked regu-larly:

o Engine oil level and conditiono Transaxle fluid level and conditiono Brake fluid levelo Clutch fluid levelo Engine coolant levelo Windshield washer fluid levelo Accessory drive belt conditiono Engine coolant hose conditiono Fluid leaks (on or below compo-

nents)o Power steering fluid levelo Battery condition

G020C01A-AAT

Vehicle Interior

The following should be checked eachtime when the vehicle is driven:

o Lights operationo Windshield wiper operationo Horn operationo Defroster, heater system operation

(and air conditioning, if installed)o Steering operation and conditiono Mirror condition and operationo Turn signal operationo Accelerator pedal operationo Brake operation, including parking

brakeo Manual transaxle operation, includ-

ing clutch operationo Automatic transaxle operation, in-

cluding "Park" mechanism opera-tion

o Seat control condition and opera-tion

o Seat belt condition and operationo Sunvisor operation

If you notice anything that does notoperate correctly or appears to befunctioning incorrectly, inspect it care-fully and seek assistance from yourHyundai dealer if service is needed.

G020B01A-AAT

Vehicle Exterior

The following should be checkedmonthly:

o Overall appearance and conditiono Wheel condition and wheel nut

torgueo Air filter conditiono Exhaust system conditiono Light condition and operationo Windshield glass conditiono Wiper blade conditiono Paint condition and body corrosiono Fluid leakso Door and hood lock conditiono Tire pressure and condition

(including spare tire)

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:33 AM5

Page 192: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

6- 6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

G030A02O-GAT

CHECKING THE ENGINE OILGasoline EngineRecommended Oil

Engine oil is essential to the perfor-mance and service of the engine. It issuggested that you check the oil levelat least once a week in normal use andmore often if you are on a trip or drivingin severe conditions.

The engine oil quality should meet thefollowing classification.

API SJ, SL or ABOVE,ILSAC GF-3 or ABOVE

G030B01JM

!G020D01TG-GAT

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.Several procedures should be done byan authorized Hyundai dealer.

NOTE:Improper owner maintenance dur-ing the warranty period may affectwarranty coverage.

WARNING:o Performing maintenance work on

a vehicle can be dangerous. Youcan be seriously injured whileperforming some maintenanceprocedures. If you lack sufficientknowledge and experience or theproper tools and equipment to dothe work, have it done by an autho-rized Hyundai dealer.

o Working under the hood with theengine running is dangerous. Itbecomes even moredangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can become en-tangled in moving parts and resultin injury. Therefore, if you mustrun the engine while working un-der the hood, make certain thatyou remove all jewelry (especiallyrings, bracelets, watches, andnecklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar loose cloth-ing before getting near the engineor cooling fans.

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:33 AM6

Page 193: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6- 7

G030B01TB

G030B03TB-GAT

CHECKING THE ENGINE OILDiesel EngineRecommended Oil

Engine oil is essential to the perfor-mance and service of the engine. It issuggested that you check the oil levelevery 500km or before starting a longtrip and more often if you are driving insevere conditions.

The engine oil quality should meet thefollowing classification:

API class: CH4 or ABOVEACEA class: B4 or ABOVE

NOTE:SAE 0W-30 oil is for extra cold zoneand to be restricted by driving con-dition and dealing area. (Especially,not recommended for sustainedhigh loaded and high speed opera-tion.)

NOTE:o For good fuel economy, SAE 5W-

20 (5W-30), ILSAC GF-3 engine oilis preferred regardless of regionaloption and engine variation.

o If SAE 5W-20, ILSAC GF-3 engineoil is not available, secondary rec-ommended engine oil for corre-sponding temperature range canbe used.

G030C02JM-GAT

To Check the Oil Level

Gasoline engine

HTB167

HTB167A

Diesel engine

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM7

Page 194: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

6- 8 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

If the oil level is close to or below the "L"mark, add oil until it reaches the "F"mark. To add oil:

1. Remove the oil filler cap by turning itcounterclockwise.

2. Add oil, then check the level again.Do not overfill.

3. Replace the cap by turning it clock-wise.

The distance between the "F" and "L"marks is equal to about 1 liter(GasolineEngine)/1.5 liter(Diesel Engine) of oil.

G030D01TB-GAT

Adding Oil

Gasoline engine

Before checking the oil, warm up theengine to the normal operating tem-perature and be sure it is parked onlevel ground. Turn the engine off.Wait about five minutes, then removethe dipstick, wipe it off, fully reinsert thedipstick and withdraw it again. Thennote the highest level the oil has reachedon the dipstick. It should be betweenthe upper ("F") and lower ("L") range.

HTB169

HTB169A

Diesel engine

! WARNING:Be very careful not to touch the radia-tor hose when checking the engineoil as it may be hot enough to burnyou.

!

CAUTION:Slowly pour the recommended oilusing by a funnel. Do not overfill notto damage engine.

WARNING:Be very careful not to touch the radia-tor hose when adding the engine oilas it may be hot enough to burn you.

!

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM8

Page 195: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6- 9

G350A01A-GAT

ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTIONFunction of Engine Oil

Engine oil has the primary function oflubricating and cooling the inside of theengine.

Engine oil consumption

It is normal that an engine shouldconsume some engine oil while nor-mal driving. The cause of oil consump-tion in a normal engine are as follows;

o Engine oil is used to lubricate pis-tons, piston rings and cylinders.A thin film of oil is left on the cylinderwall when a piston moves down-wards in the cylinder. High negativepressure generated during engineoperation sucks some of the oil intothe combustion chamber.This oil with some oil of the cylinderwall is burned by the high tempera-ture combustion gases during thecombustion process.

o The engine oil consumption isstrongly effected by the viscosityand quality of oil, engine rpm anddriving condition etc. The engine oilis more consumed under severedriving conditions such as highspeeds and frequent accelerationand deceleration than normal driv-ing condition.

!

NOTE:Always dispose of used engine oil inan environmentally acceptable man-ner. It is suggested that it be placedin a sealed container and taken to aservice station for reclamation. Donot pour the oil on the ground or putit into the household trash.

WARNING:Used motor oil may cause irritationor cancer of the skin if left in contactwith the skin for prolonged periodsof time. Wash your hands thoroughlywith soap and warm water as soon aspossible after handling used oil.

G050A01TG-AAT

CHECKING THE ENGINE COOL-ANT

WARNING:Do not remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. When the engineis hot, the engine coolant is underpressure and may erupt throughthe opening if the cap is removed.You could be seriously burned ifyou do not observe this precau-tion. Do not remove the radiatorcap until the radiator is cool to thetouch.

!

NOTE:It is recommended that the enginecoolant should be changed by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM9

Page 196: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

6- 10 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

G050C02A-GAT

To Check the Coolant Level

The coolant level can be seen on theside of the plastic coolant reservoir.The level of the coolant should bebetween the "L" and "F" lines on thereservoir when the engine is cold. If thelevel is below the "L" mark, add enginecoolant to bring it up between "L" and"F". If the level is low, inspect forcoolant leaks and recheck the fluidlevel frequently. If the level drops again,visit your Hyundai dealer for an inspec-tion and diagnosis of the reason.

HTB170

HTB170A

Gasoline engine

Diesel engine

G050B01A-AAT

Recommended Engine CoolantUse a high quality ethylene-glycol cool-ant in a 50/50 mix with water. Theengine coolant should be compatiblewith aluminum engine parts. Additionalcorrosion inhibitors or additives shouldnot be used. The cooling system mustbe maintained with the correct con-centration and type of engine coolantto prevent freezing and corrosion.Never allow the concentration of anti-freeze to exceed the 60% level or gobelow the 35% level, or damage to thecooling system may result. For properconcentration when adding or replac-ing the engine coolant, refer to thefollowing table.

35%

40%

50%

60%

Ambient

temperature

°C ( °F)

-15 (5)

-25 (-13)

-35 (-31)

-45 (-49)

Antifreezesolution

Water

Engine coolant concentration

65%

60%

50%

40%

WARNING:The cooling fan is controlled by en-gine coolant temperature and maysometimes operate even when theengine is not running. Use extremecaution when working near theblades of the cooling fan so that youare not injured by a rotating fanblade. As the engine coolant tem-perature decreases, the fan will auto-matically shut off. This is a normalcondition.

!

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM10

Page 197: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6- 11

G060B02S-GAT

REPLACING THE SPARKPLUGS

CHAMPION

NGK

RC10YC

BKR5ES

Unleadedengine

Leadedengine

RC10YC4

BKR5ES-11G060A01L

Unleaded: 1.0 ~ 1.1 mm(0.039 ~ 0.043 in.)Leaded: 0.7 ~ 0.8 mm(0.028 ~ 0.032 in.)

The spark plugs should be changed atthe intervals specified in the vehiclemaintenances schedule in Section 5 orwhenever engine performance indi-cates they should be changed. Symp-toms that suggest poor spark plugperformance include engine misfiringunder load, loss of fuel economy, pooracceleration, etc. When spark plugsare replaced, always use spark plugsrecommended by Hyundai. The use ofother spark plugs can result in loss ofperformance, radio interference orengine damage.

NOTE:o It is recommended that spark

plugs should be changed by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

o When replacing the spark plugs,always use genuine parts recom-mended.

Recommended Spark Plugs:

Gasoline engine

HTB168

G070A01TB-AAT

CHANGING THE AIR CLEANERFILTER

Diesel engine

HTB168A

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM11

Page 198: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

6- 12 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

1. Remove the engine cover (If installed)2. Unsnap the clips around the cover.3. Lift the cover off.4. Remove the old filter and replace to

the new one. Genuine Hyundai Re-placement Parts are recommended.

CAUTION:Operating your vehicle without aproper air filter in place can resultin excessive engine wear.

!

G080A02A-AAT

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

The wiper blades should be carefullyinspected from time to time and cleanedto remove accumulations of road filmor other debris. To clean the wiperblades and arms, use a clean spongeor cloth with a mild soap or detergentand water. If the wipers continue tostreak or smear the glass, replacethem with Genuine Hyundai Replace-ment parts or their equivalent.

HEF119

CAUTION:o Do not operate the wipers on dry

glass. This can result in morerapid wear of the wiper bladesand may scratch the glass.

o Keep the blade rubber out of con-tact with petroleum productssuch as engine oil, gasoline, etc.

!

G080B01HR-GAT

Replacing the Wiper Blades

To replace the wiper blades, raise thewiper to the vertical position.

To remove the wiper blade

1. Push down the wiper blade with thelocking clip (1) pressed to detach itfrom the wiper arm.

HHR5048

(1)

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM12

Page 199: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6- 13

2. Raise the wiper blade lightly and pullit up.

To install the wiper blade

HHR5049

HHR5050

1. Put a new wiper blade onto the wiperarm and lower the wiper blade at thelevel of the wiper arm as shown in thedrawing.

2. Pull up the wiper blade until you hearan audible "click" to engage in theend of the wiper arm.

NOTE:Do not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield.

HHR5051

G090A02A-GAT

FILLING THE WASHER RESER-VOIR

HTB173

HTB173A

Gasoline engine

Diesel engine

The washer fluid reservoir supplies fluidto the windshield washer system.

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM13

Page 200: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

6- 14 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

G100A02TB-GAT

CHECKING THE TRANSAXLEOIL (MANUAL)

CAUTION:o Radiator antifreeze (engine cool-

ant) should not be used in thewasher system because it willdamage the car's finish.

o The washer lever should not bepulled and the washer shouldnot be operated if the washerreservoir is empty. This can dam-age the washer fluid pump.

!

HXGS506

Drain plugFiller plug

Transaxle lubricant in the manualtransaxle should be checked at thoseintervals specified in the vehicle main-tenance schedule in Section 5.

Recommended OilUse only HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTSMTF 75W/85 (API GL-4) in the manualtransaxle.

Manual Transaxle Oil CapacityThe oil capacity of the manual transaxleis 2.15 liters for gasoline engine and 2.0liters for diesel engine.

! WARNING:o Windshield washer fluid agents

contain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under cer-tain circumstances. Do not allowsparks or flame to contact thewasher fluid or the washer fluidreservoir. Damage to the vehicleor its occupants could occur.

o Windshield washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink windshield washerfluid. Serious injury or death couldoccur.

A good quality washer fluid should beused to fill the washer reservoir. Thefluid level should be checked morefrequently during bad weather or when-ever the washer system is in morefrequent use.The capacity of the washer reservoir is3.0 liters (3.2 U.S. quarts).

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM14

Page 201: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6- 15

WARNING:It is always better to check thetransaxle oil level when the engineis cool or cold. If the engine is hot,you should exercise great cautionto avoid burning yourself on hotengine or exhaust parts.

!G110A02E-AAT

CHECKING THE TRANSAXLEFLUID (AUTOMATIC)

Transaxle fluid in the automatictransaxle should be checked at thoseintervals specified in the vehicle main-tenance schedule in Section 5.

NOTE:Automatic transaxle fluid is basi-cally a red color. As driving distanceincreases, the fluid color turns dark-ish red gradually. It is normal condi-tion and you should not judge theneed to replace based upon thechanging color.You must replace the automatictransaxle fluid in accordance withintervals specified in the vehiclemaintenance schedule in section 5.

NOTE:It is recommended that the manualtransaxle fluid should be checked byan authorized Hyundai dealer.

G110B04A-AAT

Recommended Fluid

Your Hyundai automatic transaxle isspecially designed to operate withHyundai Genuine ATF SP-III, DIA-MOND ATF SP-III, SK ATF SP-III orother brands approved by Hyundai MotorCo., Damage caused by a nonspecifiedfluid is not covered by your new vehiclelimited warranty.

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM15

Page 202: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

6- 16 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

G110D01TB-GAT

To Check the Transaxle FluidLevel

Park the car on level ground with theparking brake engaged. When thetransaxle fluid level is checked, thetransaxle fluid should be at normaloperating temperature and the engineidling.

3. If the transaxle fluid level is low, usea funnel to add transaxle fluid throughthe dipstick tube until the levelreaches the "HOT" range. Do notoverfill.

C090A03FC

Fluid level should be within"HOT" range

HTB164

1. Open the hood, being careful to keephands, long hair and clothing clear ofany moving parts.

2. Remove the transaxle dipstick, wipeit clean, reinsert the dipstick as faras it will go, then remove it again.Now check the fluid level on thedipstick. It should be in the "HOT"range on the dipstick.

While the engine is idling, apply thebrakes and move the gear selectorlever from "P" to each of its otherpositions -- "R", "N", "D", "2", "L" -- andthen return to "N" or "P". With theengine still idling:

G110C01TB-GAT

Transaxle Fluid Capacity

The fluid capacity of the automatictransaxle is 6.1 liters.

WARNING:The transaxle fluid level should bechecked when the engine is at nor-mal operating temperature. Thismeans that the engine, radiator,exhaust system etc., are very hot.Exercise great care not to burn your-self during this procedure.

!

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM16

Page 203: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6- 17

WARNING:The cooling fan is controlled by en-gine coolant temperature and maysometimes operate even when theengine is not running. Use extremecaution when working near theblades of the cooling fan, so that youare not injured by a rotating fanblade. As the engine coolant temper-ature decreases, the fan will auto-matically shut off. This is a normalcondition.

!

WARNING (DIESEL ONLY):Never work on injection system withengine running or within 30 secondsafter shutting off engine. High pres-sure pump, rail, injectors and highpressure pipes are subjected to highpressure even after the engine hasbeen switched off. The fuel jet pro-duced by fuel leaks may cause seri-ous injury, if it contacts with thebody. People using pacemakersshould not move closer than 30cm tothe ECU or wiring harness within the

!

G120A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE BRAKES

G120B01A-AAT

Checking the Brake Fluid Level

! CAUTION:Because brakes are essential to thesafe operation of the car, it is sug-gested that they be checked andinspected by your Hyundai dealer.The brakes should be checked andinspected for wear at those inter-vals specified in the vehicle mainte-nance schedule in Section 5.

WARNING:Use caution when handling brakefluid. It can damage your vision if itgets into your eyes. It will also dam-age your vehicle's paint if spilledon it and not removed immediately.

!

engine room with the engine run-ning, since the high currents in theCommon Rail system produce con-siderable magnetic fields.

G120C02A-AAT

Recommended Brake Fluid

Use only hydraulic brake fluid con-forming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specifica-tions in your braking system. Followthe instructions printed on the con-tainer.

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM17

Page 204: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

6- 18 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

G140A01A-AAT

AIR CONDITIONING CAREKeeping the Condenser Clean

The air conditioning condenser (andengine radiator) should be checkedperiodically for accumulation of dirt,dead insects, leaves, etc. These caninterfere with maximum cooling effi-ciency. When removing such accumu-lations, brush or hose them away care-fully to avoid bending the cooling fans.

G140B01A-AAT

Checking the Air ConditioningOperation

1. Start the engine and let it run at afast idle for several minutes with theair conditioning set at the maximumcold setting.

2. If the air coming out of the in-dashvents is not cold, have the air condi-tioning system inspected by yourHyundai dealer.

! CAUTION:Running the air conditioning sys-tem for extended periods of timewith a low refrigerant level maydamage the compressor.

G120E02TB-AAT

Adding Brake Fluid

WARNING:Handle brake fluid carefully. It candamage your vision if it gets intoyour eyes. Use only DOT 3 or DOT4 specification fluid from a sealedcontainer. Do not allow the fluidcan or reservoir to remain open anylonger than required. This will pre-vent entry of dirt and moisture whichcan damage the brake system andcause improper operation.

!

To add brake fluid;

1) If it is necessary, remove the aircleaner cover.

2) Wipe away any dirt then unscrew thefluid reservoir cap.

3) Slowly pour the recommended fluidinto the reservoir using by a funnel.Do not overfill. Before using, checkthe condition of the funnel to preventa mixture of a foreign substance.

4) Carefully replace the cap on the res-ervoir and tighten.

G120D02A-AAT

To Check the Fluid Level

HTB166

The fluid level in the brake fluid reser-voir should be checked periodically.The level should be between the "MIN"and "MAX" marks on the side of thereservoir. If the level is at or below the"MIN" mark, carefully add fluid to bringit up to "MAX". Do not overfill.

NOTE:If the level is below the "MIN" mark,it should be changed by an autho-rized Hyundai dealer.

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM18

Page 205: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6- 19

G140C01A-AAT

Lubrication

To lubricate the compressor and theseals in the system, the air condition-ing should be run for at least 10 min-utes each week. This is particularlyimportant during cool weather whenthe air conditioning system is not oth-erwise in use.

G140D01TB-GAT

Checking the Compressor DriveBelt

G140D01TB

Power steering

Crank pullyA/C pully

5 ~ 5.5 mm (0.19 ~ 0.21 in.)

1.1L

CRANK PULLEY

When the air conditioning is being usedregularly, the compressor drive belttension should be checked at leastonce a month.To check the drive belt tension, pressdown on the belt halfway between theengine crankshaft and compressorpulleys. Pressing with your finger, youshould not be able to deflect this beltanymore than 8.0 mm (1.1L: 5~ 5.5mm). If you have the instruments tocheck it with a force of 98N (22 lb.), thedeflection should be approx. 8.0 mm(0.315 in.). If the belt is too loose, haveit adjusted by your Hyundai dealer.

HTB219

A/C

TENSION PULLEY

8mm(0.315 in.)

1.4/1.6L

HTB290

B145A02TB-GAT

CHANGING THE AIR CONDI-TIONER FILTER (In Front ofevaporator unit) (If Installed)

The air conditioner filter is located infront of the evaporator unit behind theglove box.It operates to decrease pollutants en-tering the car.

1. Remove the adjusting pins on bothsides of the glove box to open halfthe glove box.

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM19

Page 206: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

6- 20 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

HTB293

4. Replace the two filters.5. Installation is the reverse order of

disassembly.

CAUTION:Be sure to install the air conditionerfilter in the direction of the arrowsign. Unless, it may cause noise ordeterioration.

G150A01A-GAT

CHECKING STEERING WHEELFREE-PLAY

To check the steering wheel free-play,stop the car with the wheels pointedstraight ahead and gently move thesteering wheel back and forth. Usevery light finger pressure and be sen-sitive to changes in resistance thatmark the limits of the free-play. If thefreeplay is greater than specified, haveit inspected by your Hyundai dealerand adjusted or repaired if necessary.

G150A01TB

30 mm(1.18 in.)

!

HTB291

2. Remove the cable and the wiringfrom the filter cover.

HTB292

3. Remove the filter cover to push theupside of the filter cover.

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM20

Page 207: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6- 21

G160A01A-GAT

CHECKING CLUTCH PEDALFREE-PLAY

G160A01E

6 ~ 13 mm(0.24 ~ 0.51 in.)

With the engine off, press lightly on theclutch pedal until you feel a change inresistance. This is the clutch pedalfree-play. The free-play should be withinthe limits specified in the illustration. Ifit is not, have it inspected by yourHyundai dealer and adjusted or re-paired if necessary.

G180A01A-GAT

CHECKING BRAKE PEDALCLEARANCE

G180A01L

45.1 mm (1.78 in.)

You need a helper to check the brakepedal clearance. With the engine run-ning, have your helper press down onthe brake pedal several times and thenhold it down with a force of about 490N (50 Kg, 110 lbs). The brake pedalclearance is the distance from the topsurface of the brake pedal to the as-phalt sheeting under the floor mat.If the brake pedal clearance is notwithin the limits specified in the illustra-tion, have it inspected by your Hyundaidealer and adjusted or repaired if nec-essary.

G170A01A-GAT

CHECKING BRAKE PEDALFREE-PLAY

HXGS508

3 ~ 8 mm(0.12 ~ 0.31 in.)

With the engine off, press down on thebrake pedal several times to reducethe vacuum in the brake booster.Then, using your hand, press downslowly on the brake pedal until you feela change in resistance. This is thebrake pedal free-play.The free-play should be within the limitsspecified in the illustration. If it is not,have it inspected by your Hyundaidealer and adjusted or repaired if nec-essary.

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM21

Page 208: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

6- 22 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

Drive belts should be checked periodi-cally for proper tension and adjusted ifnecessary. At the same time, beltsshould be examined for cracks, wear,fraying or other evidence of deteriora-tion and replaced if necessary.Belt routing should also be checked tobe sure there is no interference be-tween the belts and other parts of theengine. After a belt is replaced, thenew belt should be adjusted againafter two or three weeks to eliminateslack resulting from initial stretchingafter use.

G190B01TB-GAT

CHECKING DRIVE BELTS(Diesel)

A/C comp.

Water pump pulley

G190B01TB

Alternator

Powersteeringpump

At the scheduled maintenance inspec-tion, belts should be examined forcracks, wear, fraying or other evidenceof deterioration and replaced if neces-sary.Belt routing should also be checked tobe sure there is no interference be-tween the belts and other parts of theengine.

Water Pump Pulley

AlternatorPulley

Crankshaft Pulley

5.1~6 mm(0.2~0.24 in.)

G190A01A-GAT

CHECKING DRIVE BELTS(Gasoline)

HTB186

1.1L

1.4L/1.6L

Crankshaft pulley

Alternator

HTB220

Water Pump Pulley

9.5 ~11.0 mm(0.37 ~ 0.43 in.)

Tensioner

Crankshaft pulley

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM22

Page 209: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6- 23

G200A01A-AAT

CHECKING AND REPLACINGFUSESReplacing a Fusible Link

G200A01L

A fusible link will melt if the electricalcircuits from the battery are ever over-loaded, thus preventing damage to theentire wiring harness. (This could becaused by a short in the system draw-ing too much current.) If this everhappens, have a Hyundai dealer de-termine the cause, repair the systemand replace the fusible link. The fusiblelinks are located in a fuse box for easyinspection.

CAUTION:When replacing a fusible link, neveruse anything but a new fusible linkwith the same or lower amperagerating. Never use a piece of wire ora higher-rated fusible link. Thiscould result in serious damage andcreate a fire hazard.

!G200B02A-AAT

Replacing Accessory Fuse

The fuse box for the lights and otherelectrical accessories will be found lowon the dashboard on the driver's side.Inside the box you will find a list show-ing the circuits protected by each fuse.If any of your car's lights or otherelectrical accessories stop working, ablown fuse could be the reason. If thefuse has burned out, you will see thatthe metal strip inside the fuse hasburned through. If you suspect a blownfuse, follow this procedure:

HTB180

MeltedGood

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM23

Page 210: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

6- 24 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

sory you can temporarily get alongwithout (the radio or cigarette light-er, for example). Always rememberto replace the borrowed fuse.

CAUTION:A burned-out fuse indicates thatthere is a problem in the electricalcircuit. If you replace a fuse and itblows as soon as the accessory isturned on, the problem is seriousand should be referred to a Hyun-dai dealer for diagnosis and repair.Never replace a fuse with anythingexcept a fuse with the same or alower amperage rating. A highercapacity fuse could cause damageand create a fire hazard.

NOTE:See page 6-36 for the fuse paneldescriptions.

!

G200B02L

4. Replace the blown fuse by pressinga new fuse of the same rating intoplace. The fuse should be a snug fit.If it is not, have the fuse clip repairedor replaced by a Hyundai dealer. Ifyou do not have a spare fuse, youmay be able to borrow a fuse of thesame or lower rating from an acces-

1. Turn off the ignition and all otherswitches.

2. Open the fuse box and examineeach fuse. Remove each fuse bypulling it toward you (a small "fusepuller" tool is contained in the fusebox to simplify this operation).

3. Be sure to check all other fuseseven if you find one that appears tohave burned out.

HTB223

Good Burned out

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM24

Page 211: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6- 25

G210A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE BATTERY

WARNING:Batteries can be dangerous! Whenworking with batteries, carefully ob-serve the following precautions toavoid serious injuries.

HTB165

The fluid in the battery contains a strongsolution of sulfuric acid, which is poi-sonous and highly corrosive. Be carefulnot to spill it on yourself or the car. If youdo spill battery fluid on yourself, imme-diately do the following:

!

o If battery fluid is on your skin, flushthe affected areas with water for atleast 15 minutes and then seekmedical assistance.

o If battery fluid is in your eyes, rinseout your eyes with water and getmedical assistance as soon as pos-sible. While you are being driven toget medical assistance, continue torinse your eyes by using a spongeor soft cloth saturated with water.

o If you swallow battery fluid, drink alarge quantity of water or milk fol-lowed by milk of magnesia, eat araw egg or drink vegetable oil. Getmedical assistance as soon as pos-sible.

While batteries are being charged (ei-ther by a battery charger or by thevehicle's alternator), they produce ex-plosive gases. Always observe thesewarnings to prevent injuries from oc-curring:

o Charge batteries only in a well ven-tilated area.

o Do not permit flames, sparks orsmoking in the area.

o Keep children away from the area.

!

G210B01Y-GAT

Checking the Battery

Keep the battery clean. Any evidenceof corrosion around the battery posts orterminals should be removed using asolution of household baking soda andwarm water. After the battery terminalsare dry, cover them with a light coatingof grease.

WARNING:Always read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.Keep lighted cigarettes andall other flames or sparksaway from the battery.Hydrogen, which is a highlycombustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM25

Page 212: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

6- 26 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

G220A01A-AAT

CHECKING ELECTRIC COOL-ING FANS

WARNING:The cooling fan is controlled byengine coolant temperature andmay sometimes operate even whenthe engine is not running. Use ex-treme caution when working nearthe blades of the coolant fan, sothat you are not injured by a rotat-ing fan blade. As the engine cool-ant temperature decreases the fanwill automatically shut off. This is anormal condition.

!

Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highly cor-rosive SULFURIC ACID. Donot allow battery acid to con-tact your skin, eyes, cloth-ing or paint finish.If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention. If pos-sible, continue to applywater with a sponge or clothuntil medical attention is re-ceived.If electrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly wash thecontacted area.If you feel a pain or a burn-ing sensation, get medicalattention immediately.Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery.Always provide ventilationwhen working in an en-closed space.

o When lifting a plastic-cased bat-tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

o Never attempt to charge the bat-tery when the battery cables areconnected.

o The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage.Never touch these componentswith the engine running or theignition switched on.

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM26

Page 213: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6- 27

NOTE:Grinding noise from the powersteering pump may be heard imme-diately after the engine is started inextremely cold conditions (below -20°C). If the noise stops during warmup, there is no abnormal function inthe system. It is due to a powersteering fluid characteristic in ex-tremely cold conditions.

Recommended FluidUse PSF-3 type fluid

NOTE:Do not start the engine when thepower steering oil reservoir isempty.

G230A03A-GAT

POWER STEERING FLUIDLEVEL

The power steering fluid level should bechecked regularly.To check the power steering fluid level,be sure the ignition is "OFF", thencheck to make certain that the powersteering fluid level is between the "MAX"and "MIN" level markings on the fluidreservoir.

HTB163

G220B01A-AAT

Checking Engine Cooling Fan

The engine coolant fan should comeon automatically if the engine coolanttemperature is high.

G220C01TB-AAT

Checking Condenser Cooling Fan

When the air conditioning is in opera-tion, the condenser cooling fan comeson automatically to be controlled byECU.

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM27

Page 214: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

6- 28 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

HTB287

G240A01A-AAT

POWER STEERING HOSES

It is suggested that you check thepower steering hose connections forfluid leakage at regular intervals. Thepower steering hoses should be re-placed if there is severe surface crack-ing, scuffing or worn spots. Deteriora-tion of the hose could cause prema-ture failure.

G300A02TB-GAT

REMOVAL OF WATER FROMTHE FUEL FILTER(DIESEL ENGINE)

If the fuel filter warning light illuminatesduring driving, it indicates that waterhas accumulated in the fuel filter.

NOTE:It is recommended that water accu-mulated in the fuel filter should beremoved by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

WARNING:Be sure to carefully wipe away anywater drained out in this manner,because the fuel mixed in the watermight be ignited and result in a fire.

!

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM28

Page 215: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6- 29

If the vehicle has had front body repairand the headlight assembly has beenreplaced, the headlight aiming shouldbe checked using the aiming screen asshown in the illustration. Turn on theheadlight switch. (Low Beam Position)

1. Adjust headlights so that main axisof light is parallel to center line of thebody and is aligned with point "P"shown in the illustration.

2. Dotted lines in the illustration showthe center of headlights.

G290B01TB-GAT

Adjustment After Headlight As-sembly Replacement

G290B01HR-1

L

W

H

H

Cut-off line

Groundline

"P"

Horizontal line

30mm (1.18 in.) Vertical line

5. Open the hood.6. Draw the vertical line (through the

center of each headlight beam pat-tern) and the horizontal line (throughthe center of each headlight beampattern) on the aiming screen.

And then, draw the horizontal paral-lel line at 30 mm (1.18 in.) under thehorizontal line.

7. Adjust each cut-off line of the lowbeam to the parallel line with a phillipsscrewdriver - VERTICAL AIMING.

8. Adjust each cut-off line of the lowbeam to each vertical line with aphillips screwdriver - HORIZONTALAIMING.

HTB269

Horizontal aiming

Verticalaiming

G290A01FC-GAT

HEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUST-MENT

Before performing aiming adjustment,make sure of the following.

1. Keep all tires inflated to the correctpressure.

2. Place the vehicle on level groundand press the front bumper and rearbumper down several times. Placethe vehicle at a distance of 3,000mm (118 in.) from the test wall.

3. See that the vehicle is unloaded(except for full levels of coolant,engine oil and fuel, and spare tire,jack, and tools).

4. Clean the head lights lens and turnon the headlight (low beam).

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM29

Page 216: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

6- 30 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

SPECIFICATIONS:

"H"Horizontal center line of headlightsfrom ground.: 656 mm (26.8 in.)

"W"Distance between each headlightcenter.: 1,100 mm (43.3 in.)

"L" Distance between the headlightsand the wall that the lights are testedagainst.: 3,000 mm (118 in.).

G270A01TB-GAT

REPLACEMENT OF BULBSHeadlight Bulb

Before attempting to replace a head-light bulb, be sure the switch is turnedto the "OFF" position.The next paragraph shows how toreach headlight bulbs so they may bechanged. Be sure to replace theburned-out bulb with one of the samenumber and wattage rating.

CAUTION:Keep the lamps out of contact withpetroleum product, such as oil,gasoline, etc.

!

HTB5009

4. Remove the dust cover.

1. Allow the bulb to cool. Wear eyeprotection.

2. Always grasp the bulb by its plasticbase, avoid touching the glass.

3. Disconnect the power cord from thebulb base in the back of the head-light.

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM30

Page 217: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6- 31

! WARNINGThe halogen bulb contains gas un-der pressure and if impacted couldshatter, resulting in flying frag-ments. Always wear eye protectionwhen servicing the bulb. Protectthe bulb against abrasions orscratches and against liquids whenlighted. Turn on the bulb only wheninstalled in a headlight. Replacethe headlight if damaged or cracked.Keep the bulb out of the reach ofchildren and dispose of the usedbulb with care.

6. Remove the protective cap from thereplacement bulb and install the newbulb by matching the plastic basewith the headlight hole. Install thedust cover after retightening the bulbspring and reconnect the power cord.

7. Use the protective cap and carton todispose of the old bulb.

8. Check for proper headlight aim.

5. Push the bulb spring for removingthe headlight bulb.

HTB5011HTB5010

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM31

Page 218: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

6- 32 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

G270B01TB-GAT

Front Turn Signal light /Position Light1. Disconnect the power cord from the

bulb.2. Replace to the new bulb.

G270C01TB-GAT

Luggage Compartment Light(If Installed)

HTB282

1. Remove the cover with a (-) driver.

2. Disconnect the power cord.

HTB283

3. Replace to the new bulb.

HTB284

G270D01TB-GAT

Rear Combination Light

HTB5013

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM32

Page 219: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6- 33

HTB278

3. Replace to the new bulb.

HTB277

1. Remove the cover with a (+) driver2. Disconnect the power cord.

3. Replace to the new bulb.

(1) Stop/Tail Light(2) Turn Signal Light(3) Back-up Light

HTB5014

G270E01A-GAT

Side Repeater (If Installed)

G270E01A

(1)

(2)

(3)

1. Push the cover toward the front ofvehicle and remove it.

2. Disconnect the power code.

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM33

Page 220: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

6- 34 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

G270G01TB-GAT

Interior Light (If installed)G270F01TB-GAT

Rear Fog Light (If installed)

1. Remove the cover with a (+) driver.HTB273

2. Replace to the new bulb.

HTB274

1. Remove the cover with a (-) driver.

HTB280

2. Replace to the new bulb.

HTB281

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM34

Page 221: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6- 35

Socket type

W2.1 x 9.5d

BAU15s

BA15d

BA15s

S8.5/8.5

BA15s

W2.1 x 9.5d

Socket type

P43t

W2.1 x 9.5d

W2.1 x P9.5D

S8.5 / 8.5

BA15s

PGJ13

W2.1 x P9.5D

High Mounted Rear Stop Light

Rear

Combination

Luggage Compartment Light

Rear Fog Light (If installed)

License Plate Light

Part Name

Head Light (High/Low)

Front Position Light

Interior Light

Front Turn Signal Light

Front Fog Light (If installed)

Side Repeater (If installed)

No.

6

7

8

9

10

G280A03TB-GAT

G280A01TB

Wattage

60/55

5

10

10

21

27

5

No.

1

2

3

4

5

Wattage

16

21

21/5

16

5

21

5

Map Light

Room Light

Part Name

Turn Signal Light

Stop/Tail Light

Back -up Light

Bulb wattage

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM35

Page 222: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

6- 36 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

G200C02TB-GAT

FUSE PANEL DESCRIPTIONEngine Compartment PROTECTED COMPONENTS

Ignition Switch

Ignition Switch, Start Relay

Fuel pump, Alternator, ECM

Radiator Fan

Headlight, Defogger Relay

ABS

C/lighter

Auto Fuel Cut Switch

ABS

ABS

Blower, Blower Motor

Power Window

Electronic power steering

ECM

ECM

A/CON, Fuel Pump

Injector

A/Conditioner

Horn

Alternator

FUSE RATING

30A

30A

30A

30A

50A

10A

25A

15A

10A

20A

40A

30A

30A

50A

10A

20A

10A

15A

10A

10A

100A

DESCRIPTION

IGN 2

IGN 1

ECU

RAD

BATT

ABS

C/LIGHTER

F/PUMP

ECU-B

ABS1

ABS2

BLW

P/WDW

EPS

ECU-1

ECU-2

SNSR

INJ

A/CON

HORN

BATT

NOTE:Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing.When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.

Gasoline Engine

G200C01TB

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM36

Page 223: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6- 37

G250C01TB-GAT

FUSE PANEL DESCRIPTIONEngine Compartment PROTECTED COMPONENTS

Ignition Switch

Ignition Switch, Start Relay

Fuel pump, Alternator, ECM

FFHS

Radiator Fan

Headlight, Defogger Relay

ABS

C/lighter

Auto Fuel Cut Switch

ABS

ABS

Blower, Blower Motor

Power Window

Electronic power steering

ECM

ECM

A/CON, Fuel Pump

Injector

A/Conditioner

Horn

Alternator

FUSE RATING

30A

30A

30A

30A

30A

50A

10A

25A

15A

10A

20A

40A

30A

30A

50A

10A

20A

10A

15A

10A

10A

100A

DESCRIPTION

IGN 2

IGN 1

ECU

FFHS

RAD

BATT

ABS

C/LIGHTER

F/PUMP

ECU-B

ABS1

ABS2

BLW

P/WDW

EPS

ECU-1

ECU-2

SNSR

INJ

A/CON

HORN

BATT

NOTE:Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing.When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.

Diesel Engine

G200C01TB-2

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM37

Page 224: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

6- 38 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

PROTECTED COMPONENTSRoom Lamp, Audio, ClusterHigh Beam Light Indicator, Headlight (LH)Front Fog LightHeadlight (RH)Rear window DefrosterBlower, SunroofFog light, ETACM, Power Window,Headlight leveling DeviceRear Fog LightFront Wiper MotorHazard Warning Light, ETACMStop Light, Power WindowECMRear window DefrosterSeat WarmerDaytime Running LightStart Relay, Theft alarm systemRear Wiper MotorDoor Lock System, SunroofAir BagPCM, ABS controlPower outletClusterSTOP/Tail Light (RH)Turn Signal Light, Back-up LightAudio, Electronic Outside MirrorA/Bag, IndicatorStop/Tail Light (LH)Air conditioner

G200D02TB-GAT

Inner Panel (Left hand drive type)

G200D01TB

FUSE RATING15A15A10A15A30A10A10A10A20A15A15A15A10A20A10A10A15A20A10A10A15A10A10A10A15A10A10A10A

DESCRIPTIONPOWER CONN & R/LP

H/LP LHF/FOG

H/LP RHPR/HTD

BLOWERIGNITION

R/FOGFRT WPRHAZARD

STOPECU2

HTD MIRS/HTDDRL

STARTRR/WPRD/LOCKA/BAGECU1

P/OUTLETCLUSTERTAIL RH

T/SIGAUDIO

A/BAG INDTAIL LHA/C SW

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM38

Page 225: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6- 39

G200E02TB-GAT

Inner Panel (Right hand drive type)

G200E01TB

FUSE RATING10A10A10A15A10A10A20A15A10A

20A10A15A20A10A10A10A30A15A10A15A15A15A

PROTECTED COMPONENTSAir conditionerStop/Tail Light (LH)A/Bag IndicatorAudio, Electronic Outside MirrorTurn signal Light, Back-up LightStop/Tail Light (RH)ClusterPower outletPCM, ABS controlAir BagDoor Lock System, SunroofRear Wiper MotorStart Relay, 9oTheft alarm systemSeat WarmerRear window DefrosterECM

Hazard Warning Light, ETACMFront Wiper MotorRear Fog LightFog light, ETACM, Power Window, Headlight leveling DeviceBlower, SunroofRear window DefrosterHeadlight (RH)Front Fog LightHigh Beam Light Indicator, Headlight (LH)Room Lamp, Audio, Cluster

DESCRIPTIONA/C SWTAIL LH

A/BAG INDAUDIOT/SIG

TAIL RHCLUSTERP/OUTLET

ECU 1A/BAG

D/LOCKRR/WPRSTARTS/HTD

HTD MIRECU2STOP

HAZARDFRT WPR

R/FOGIGNITIONBLOWERPR HTDH/LP RHF/FOG

H/LP LHPOWER CONN & R/LP

TBENG_6.P65 7/29/2005, 10:34 AM39

Page 226: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

7. EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMEmission control system ................................................................ 7-2Catalytic converter .......................................................................... 7-3EGR system ................................................................................... 7-4

7

TBENG_7.P65 6/14/2005, 3:31 PM1

Page 227: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

7- 2 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

H010A01A-GAT

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM(If Installed)

Your Hyundai is equipped with anemission control system to meet allrequirements of the Emission prohibi-tion rules of your province.There are three emission control sys-tems which are as follows.

1) Crankcase emission control sys-tem

2) Evaporative emission control sys-tem

3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper functionof the emission control systems, it isrecommended that you have your carinspected and maintained by an au-thorized Hyundai dealer in accordancewith the maintenance schedule in thismanual.

H010B01A-AAT

1. Crankcase Emission ControlSystem

The positive crankcase ventilationsystem is employed to prevent airpollution caused by blow-by gasesbeing emitted from the crankcase.This system supplies fresh air to thecrankcase through the air intake hose.Inside the crankcase, the fresh airmixes with blow-by gases, which thenpass through the PCV valve and intothe induction system.

H010C02E-GAT

2. Evaporative Emission ControlSystem

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmo-sphere.

Canister

While the engine is inoperative, fuelvapors generated inside the fuel tankare absorbed and stored in the canis-ter. When the engine is running, thefuel vapors absorbed in the canister

are drawn into the induction systemthrough the purge control solenoidvalve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve(PCSV)

The purge control solenoid valve iscontrolled by the Engine Control Mod-ule (ECM); when the engine coolanttemperature is low during idling, thePCSV closes so that evaporated fuelis not taken into the engine. After theengine warms-up during ordinary driv-ing, the PCSV opens so as to intro-duce evaporated fuel to the engine.

H010D01A-AAT

3. Exhaust Emission ControlSystem

The exhaust emission control systemis a highly effective system whichcontrols exhaust emission while main-taining good vehicle performance.

TBENG_7.P65 6/14/2005, 3:31 PM2

Page 228: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS 7- 3

H020A01A-GAT

CATALYTIC CONVERTER(If Installed); For a gasoline engine

HTB5017

The catalytic converter is part of theexhaust emission control system. Itspurpose is to remove certain engineemission products from the engine'sexhaust. It looks something like amuffler and is located underneath thecar in the exhaust system.

Catalytic Converter

H020B01A-GAT

About the Catalytic Converter

Exhaust gases passing through thecatalytic converter cause it to operateat very high temperatures. As a re-sult, the introduction of large amountsof unburned gasoline may cause it tooverheat and create a fire hazard.This can be avoided by observing thefollowing:

o Use unleaded fuel only.o Maintain your engine in good con-

dition. Extremely high convertertemperatures can result from im-proper operation of the electrical,ignition or fuel injection systems.

H020D01S-GAT

CATALYTIC CONVERTER; For a diesel engine

All Hyundai vehicles are equippedwith oxidation type catalytic converterto reduce the carbon monoxide, hy-drocarbons and particulate containedin the exhaust gas.

o If your engine stalls, pings, knocks,or is hard to start, take your car toyour Hyundai dealer as soon aspossible and have the difficulty cor-rected.

o Avoid driving with a very low fuellevel. If your run out of gasoline, itcould cause the engine to misfireand result in excessive loading ofthe catalytic converter.

o Avoid idling the engine for periodslonger than 10 minutes.

o Your Hyundai should not be eitherpushed or pulled to get it started.This can cause the catalytic con-verter to overload.

o Take care not to stop your Hyundaiover any combustible material suchas grass, paper, leaves or rags. Asthese materials could come in con-tact with the catalytic converter andcould cause a fire.

o Do not touch the catalytic con-verter or any other part of the ex-haust system while the engine isrunning as it is very hot and couldresult in burns.

o Remember that your Hyundaidealer is your best source of assis-tance.

TBENG_7.P65 6/14/2005, 3:31 PM3

Page 229: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

7- 4 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

H020C01S-GAT

EGR SYSTEM; For a diesel engine

This system helps control oxides ofnitrogen by recirculating a part of theexhaust gas into the engine.

TBENG_7.P65 6/14/2005, 3:31 PM4

Page 230: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

8. CONSUMER INFORMATIONVehicle Identification Number (VIN) ............................................... 8-2Engine number ............................................................................... 8-2Recommended inflation pressures ...................................................8-3Snow tires ........................................................................................8-4Tire chains .......................................................................................8-4Tire rotation ......................................................................................8-5Tire balancing ...................................................................................8-5Tire traction ......................................................................................8-5When to replace tires .......................................................................8-5Spare tire and tools ..........................................................................8-6

8

TBENG_8.P65 6/29/2005, 10:49 AM1

Page 231: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

8- 2 CONSUMER INFORMATION

I030A01TB

I010A01TB-GAT

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN)

The vehicle identification number (VIN)is the number used in registering yourcar and in all legal matters pertaining toits ownership, etc.It can be found on the center piller of thedriver side and the lower side of thefront passenger seat.

I010B01A-GAT

ENGINE NUMBER

F040A01TB

F040A02TB

1.1L

1.4L/1.6L

I030B01TB

TBENG_8.P65 6/29/2005, 10:49 AM2

Page 232: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

CONSUMER INFORMATION 8- 3

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

I020A01A-AAT

TIRE INFORMATION

The tires supplied on your new Hyundaiare chosen to provide the best perfor-mance for normal driving.

I030A03TB-GAT

RECOMMENDED INFLATIONPRESSURES

The tire label located in the glove boxgives the tire pressures recommendedfor your car.

These pressures were chosen to pro-vide the most satisfactory combinationof ride comfort, tire wear and stabilityunder normal conditions. Tire pres-sures should be checked at leastmonthly. Proper tire inflation pressuresshould be maintained for these rea-sons:

o Lower-than-recommended tire pres-sures cause uneven tread wear andpoor handling.

o Higher-than-recommended tirepressures increase the chance ofdamage from impacts and causeuneven tread wear.

I010B02FC

HTB263

Diesel Engine

5.0Jx14

5.5Jx14

5.5Jx15

5.0Jx14

5.5Jx14

5.5Jx15

4.0Tx14

TIRE

SIZE

RIM

SIZE

PRESSURE, kPa (PSI)

165/65R14

175/65R14

185/55R15

175/65R14

185/55R15

T105/70D14

REAR

210(30)

220(32)

420(60)

FRONT

230(33)

230(33)

420(60)

UP TO 2

PERSONS

UP TO

MAX. LOAD

REAR

230(33)

230(33)

420(60)

FRONT

210(30)

220(32)

420(60)

ENG-

INE

GASO-

LINE

DIE-

SEL

TBENG_8.P65 6/29/2005, 10:49 AM3

Page 233: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

8- 4 CONSUMER INFORMATION

I050A01TB-GAT

TIRE CHAINSTire chains, if necessary should beinstalled on the front wheels. Be surethat the chains are the proper size andthat they are installed in accordancewith the manufacturer's instructions.To minimize tire and chain wear, donot continue to use tire chains whenthey are no longer needed.

I040A01S-GAT

SNOW TIRES

If you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size and havethe same load capacity as the originaltires. Snow tires should be installed onall four wheels; otherwise, poor han-dling may result.Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4 psi)more air pressure than the pressurerecommended for the standard tireson the tire label on, or up to the maxi-mum pressure shown on the tiresidewall whichever is less.Do not drive faster than 120 km/h (75mph) when your car is equipped withsnow tires.

! WARNING:o When driving on roads covered

with snow or ice, drive at lessthan 30 km/h (20 mph).

o Use the SAE "S" class or wire &plastic chains.

o Don't use the tire chains in 185/55R 15 tire to prevent body dam-age.

o If you have noise caused bychaws contacting the body, re-tighten the chain to avoid contactwith the vehicle body.

o Retighten the chains to preventfrom a body damage after driving0.5 ~ 1 km with equipping chains.

CAUTION:Always observe the following:

o Check pressures when the tiresare cold. That is, after the car hasbeen parked for at least threehours and hasn't been drivenmore than 1.6 km or one milesince starting up.

o Check the pressure of your sparetire each time you check the pres-sure of other tires.

!

TBENG_8.P65 6/29/2005, 10:49 AM4

Page 234: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

CONSUMER INFORMATION 8- 5

I070A01A-AAT

TIRE BALANCING

A tire that is out of balance may affecthandling and tire wear. The tires onyour Hyundai were balanced beforethe car was delivered but may needbalancing again during the years youown the car.Whenever a tire is dismounted forrepair, it should be rebalanced beforebeing reinstalled on the car.

I080A01A-AAT

TIRE TRACTION

Tire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that are im-properly inflated or on slippery roadsurfaces. Tires should be replacedwhen tread wear indicators appear. Toreduce the possibility of losing control,slow down whenever there is rain,snow or ice on the road.

I090A01S-GAT

WHEN TO REPLACE TIRES

I060A01FC-GAT

TIRE ROTATION

Tires should be rotated every 10,000km (6,000 miles). If you notice thattires are wearing unevenly betweenrotations, have the car checked by aHyundai dealer so the cause may becorrected.After rotating, adjust the tire pressuresand be sure to check wheel nut tight-ness.

HA1409Spare tire

WARNING:o Do not use the temporary spare

tire for tire rotation.o Do not mix bias-ply and radial-

ply tires under any circum-stances. This may cause danger-ous handling characteristics.

!

Wear indicator

1.6 mm (0.06 in.)

HGK248

TBENG_8.P65 6/29/2005, 10:49 AM5

Page 235: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

8- 6 CONSUMER INFORMATION

I100A01TB-GAT

SPARE TIRE AND TOOLS

Your Hyundai is delivered with the fol-lowing:

Spare tire and wheelWheel nut wrench, Wrench bar,Spanner, Screw driver,Jack,Towing hook

HTB224

WARNING:o Driving on worn-out tires is dan-

gerous! Worn-out tires can causeloss of braking effectiveness,steering control and traction.When replacing tires, never mixradial and bias-ply tires on thesame car. If you replace radialtires with bias-ply tires, they mustbe installed in sets of four.

o Using tires and wheels of otherthan the recommended sizes maycause unusual handling charac-teristics that may cause death,serious injury or property dam-age.

!

The original tires on your car havetread wear indicators. The tread wearindicators appear when the tread depthis 1.6 mm (0.06 in.). The tire should bereplaced when these appear as a solidbar across two or more grooves of thetread. Always replace your tires withthose of the recommended size. If youchange wheels, the new wheel's rimwidth and offset must meet Hyundaispecification.

TBENG_8.P65 6/29/2005, 10:49 AM6

Page 236: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

9. VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSMeasurement ...................................................................................9-2Engine ..............................................................................................9-3Lubrication chart ...............................................................................9-4

9

TBENG_9.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM1

Page 237: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

9- 2 VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

1.4 L 1.6 LTypeWheel free playRack stroke

Oil pump type

3,825 (150.6)1,665(65.6)1,495(58.9)1,490(58.7)2,455(96.7)1,450(57.1)1,440(56.7)

Overall lengthOverall widthOverall height(unladen)Wheel baseWheel tread

J030A02TB-GAT

TIRE

1.1 L

13.5V,70A

Dual hydraulic with brake boosterVentilated discDrumCable

J010A02TB-GAT

MEASUREMENT

J060A01TB-GAT

FUEL SYSTEM

Rack and pinion0 ~ 30 mm (0 ~ 1.18 in.)140 mm (5.5 in.)132 mm (5.20 in.)Vane type

165/65R14, 175/65R14, 185/55R15Option

FrontRear

mm (in.)

J020A01TB-GAT

POWER STEERING

Fuel tankCapacity

Liter45

Imp.gal9.9

J040A04TB-GAT

ELECTRICAL

Item

BatteryAlternator

J050A01FC-GAT

BRAKETypeFront brake typeRear brake typeParking brake

J035A01TB-GAT

SPARE TIRET105/70D14(Temporary)Full size

StandardOption

DIESEL1.5 L68AH

12V, 90A

GASOLINE

GENEC

ManualPower

13.5V, 90A45AH, 55AH

TBENG_9.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM2

Page 238: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS 9- 3

700 ± 100

BTDC 5° ± 5°

GASOLINE

1-3-4-2

BKR5ES-11

RC10YC4

BKR5ES

RC10YC

1.0 ~ 1.1 mm (0.039 ~ 0.043 in.)

0.7 ~ 0.8 mm (0.028 ~ 0.032 in.)

1.4 L

75.5 x 78.1

1,399

-

-

1.1 L

67 x 77

1,086

0.13 mm

0.17 mm

850 ± 100

BTDC 6° ± 5°

1.6 L

76.5 x 87

1,599

-

-

Engine Type

Bore x Stroke

Displacement (cc)

Firing order/Injection order

Valve clearance

(Cold Engine 20 ± 5°C)

Spark plug

Spark plug gap

Idle speed (RPM)

Ignition timing (Base)/Injection timing

Intake

Exhaust

NGK

CHAMPION

NGK

CHAMPION

Unleaded

Leaded

J070A02TB-GAT

ENGINE

DIESEL

1.5L

4-Cylinder in -line DOHC

83 x 92

1,493

1-3-2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Auto control

Unleaded

Leaded

ITEMS

4-Cylinder in -line SOHC 4-Cylinder in -line DOHC

TBENG_9.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM3

Page 239: OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundaikaista.hyundai.fi/files/fi/Getz_FL_manual.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL A030A01TB-GAT Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in the Owner's Manual is

9- 4 VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

Oil & Grease StandardAPI SJ, SL SAE 5W-20, 5W-30or ABOVE, SAE 10W-30 (ABOVE -18°C)ILSAC GF-3 SAE 15W-40 (ABOVE -13°C)or ABOVE SAE 20W-50 (ABOVE -7°C)API CH4 SAE 30 (0°C ~ 40°C)or ABOVE, SAE 20W-40 (ABOVE -10°C)ACEA B4 SAE 15W-40 (ABOVE -15°C)or ABOVE SAE 10W-30 (-20°C ~ 40°C)

SAE 5W-30 (-25°C ~ 40°C)SAE 0W-30 (BELOW 10°C) *1, *2

*1. Restricted to driving condition and dealing area*2. Not recommended for sustained high speed vehicle operationNormal driving conditionSevere driving conditionHYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF 75W/85 (API GL-4)

HYUNDAI GENUINE ATF SP-III, DIAMOND ATF SP-III,SK ATF SP-III or other brands approved by Hyundai Motor Co.,PSF-3DOT 3, DOT 4 or equivalent

Ethylene glycol base for aluminum radiator

ItemEngine Oil Gasoline

Diesel

Engine Oil Consumption

Transaxle Manual

Auto

Power SteeringBrake Fluid

Coolant

J080A04TB-GAT

LUBRICATION CHART

Quantity (liter) (Imp.qts.)Drain and refill (with oil filter)1.1L : 3.0 liter (2.6 Imp.qts.)1.4L/1.6L : 3.3 liter (2.9 Imp.qts.)

Drain and refill (with oil filter): 5.3 liter (4.2 Imp.qts.)

MAX. 1L / 1,500 KmMAX. 1L / 1,000 KmGasoline : 2.15 liter (1.86 Imp.qts.)Diesel : 2.0 liter (1.75 Imp.qts.)6.1 liter (5.3 Imp.qts)(Gasoline only)As requiredAs requiredGasoline : 5.5 liter (4.8 Imp.qts.)Diesel: 5.7 liter (5.0 Imp.qts.)

TBENG_9.P65 7/29/2005, 10:37 AM4